Language

ENहिગુ
Scripture Library

Saṅghabhedavastu · Part 4160

The story of Viśvantara
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo viśvapuryāṃ rājadhānyām viśvāmitro nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsaṃpannaṃ; dhārmiko dharmarājo dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati; sa ca rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaḥ chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ saṃgatabhrūs tuṅganāsaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma? iti; jñātaya ūcuḥ; ayaṃ dārako viśvāmitrasya rājñaḥ putraḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya viśvantara iti nāma iti; viśvantaro dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikadhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttaḥ tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; yāni tāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ ( A 468a ) janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjitya adhyāvasatāṃ ( SBV II 120 ) pṛthag bhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastigrīvāyām aśvapṛṣṭhe rathe tsarau dhanuṣi apayāne niryāṇe aṃkuśagrahe pāśagrahe tomaragrahe chedye bhedye vedhye muṣṭibandhe pādabandhe śikhābandhe dūravedhe śabdavedhe marmavedhe akṣūṇavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; viśvantaraḥ kumāro śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgī niḥsaṅgaparityāgī ca mahati tyāge vartate; tasya pradānavistaram upaśrutya yojanaśatād api arthinaḥ abhyāgacchanti; sarvāṃś ca paripūrṇamanorathān preṣayati
atha kadācit bodhisatvo maṇikanakarajatavajravaiḍūryamusāragalvārkendranīlavidyotitaṃ candanavarasārapariṇāmitaṃ siṃhavyāghradvīpicarmapariṇaddhaṃ pavanabalasamajavaiḥ kanakarajatamaṇighaṇṭikāvighūrṇitaravaiḥ caturbhis turagair yuktaṃ syandanavaram abhiruhya nagarād udyānābhimukho niryayau; atha kecid viprā vedavedāṅgavido viśvantaram abhigamyocuḥ; jayatu bhavān kṣatriyakumāraḥ iti; āha ca
sarveṣu khalu lokeṣu viśrutaḥ sarvado bhavān /
ratham etad dvijātibhyo dānaṃ tvaṃ dātum arhasi //
ity evam ukto viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ laghu laghv eva tasmād rathād avatīrya hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditahṛdayas tebhyo dvijātibhyas taṃ rathavaram upadarśayann uvāca
yathā mayā rathas tyakto viprebhyaḥ parayā mudā /
tathāhaṃ tribhavaṃ tyaktvā spṛśeyaṃ bodhim uttamām // ( SBV II 121 )
iti; so 'pareṇa samayena kundakumudahimarajatasitābhravarṇaṃ saptasujātasupratiṣṭhitacaraṇatalamairāvaṇavilāsagāminaṃ paramasvābhāvyalakṣaṇālaṅkṛtapuṇyanidarśanaṃ rājavardhanaṃ nāma gajavaram abhiruhya parituṣṭabhṛtyamitrasevakānuyātrikaiḥ candra iva nakṣatragaṇaiḥ parivṛtaḥ saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvañjīvavakanirghoṣite vanaṣaṇḍe udyānabhūmiṃ niryayau; atha kecit pratyarthikaprayuktā viprās tvaritatvaritaṃ viśvantaraṃ kumāram abhigamya ūcuḥ: jayatu bhavān kṣatriyakumāraḥ iti; āha ca
sadaityāmaralokeṣu viśrutaḥ sarvado bhavān /
dātum etaṃ gajavaram asmabhyas tvam ihārhasi // iti
evam uktaś ca bodhisatvas tasmād api gajavarāl laghu laghv eva avatīrya hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditamanās tebhyas taṃ gajavaram upadarśayann uvāca
yathā mayā gajas tyakto viprebhyaḥ parayā mudā /
tathāhaṃ tribhavaṃ tyaktvā spṛśeyaṃ bodhim uttamām //
śuśrāva ca rājā viśvāmitraḥ: putreṇa ca tebhyo viśvantareṇa rājyavardhano nāma gajavaraḥ pratyarthikaprayuktebhyo dattaḥ iti; ( A 468b ) śrutvā ca punaḥ rājñā visvāmitreṇa kopakupitena viśvantaraḥ kumāraḥ āhūyoktaḥ: gaccha kumāra na te madviṣaye vastavyam iti; tato viśvantaraḥ kumāraḥ pitrā parityaktaḥ cintayāmāsa: bodhāya mayā kṛtavyavasāyena sarvalokānugrahārthaṃ baddhasannāhena gajo 'sau tyaktaḥ
tad gṛhe vartamānena dānaṃ deyaṃ yathābalam /
tapovanaṃ vā saṃśritya kartavyo niyamaḥ paraḥ //
tad ahaṃ gṛham utsṛjya prayāsyāmi tapovanam /
vaktuṃ na tūtsahe vākyaṃ na dāsyāmīti yācitaḥ // iti
athaivaṃ kṛtamatir bodhisatvo bhāryāyā mādryāḥ sakāśam abhigamya etad vistareṇa nivedayāmāsa; tataḥ sā mādrī sahaśravaṇād eva ( SBV II 122 ) priyaviprayogāśaṅkitahṛdayā kṛtakarapuṭā bodhisatvam uvāca: āryaputra yady evam aham api tapovanaṃ yāsyāmi iti; na śakyaṃ mayā āryaputraviyuktayā muhūrtam api prāṇān dhārayituṃ; kutaḥ
gaganam iva candrahīnaṃ sasyavihīnā bhaved yathā pṛthivī /
nalinīva jalavihīnā bhartṛvihīnā bhavet tathā nārī // iti
bodhisatva uvāca: avaśyam āvayor ante viyogena bhavitavyam, eṣa lokasvabhāvaḥ; tvaṃ ca pravarānnapānaśayanāsanasaṃvasanopacitā paramasukumāraśarīrā; tapovane ca tṛṇaparṇopacitāyāṃ bhūmau svaptavyaṃ; mūlaphalāni cāhāraḥ; darbhopalakaṇṭakacitāyāṃ mahyāṃ vicaritavyam; abhīkṣṇam upavāsam upavasitavyaṃ; sarvajanasyātmā upadarśayitavyaḥ; sarvaprayatnenātithayaḥ pūjayitavyāḥ; tatrāpi ca mayā avaśyaṃ yathāśaktyā dānaṃ deyaṃ; tatra bhavatyā na kiṃcid anutāpaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; tat punar api tāvat saṃpradhāryatām iti; mādrī kathayati: āryaputra yathāśaktyā aham āryaputram anuvartiṣye iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: yady evaṃ smartavyā te iyaṃ pratijñā iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ pitaram upagamya mūrdhnā ca praṇipatyovāca
kṣamasva yat tāta mayāparāddhaṃ gajapradānaṃ prati pārthivendra /
eṣa prayāsyāmi purād araṇyaṃ kośakṣayo mā nṛpate tavābhūt // iti
tataḥ putraviyogaviklavo rājā baṣpoparudhyamānagadgadakaṇṭha uvāca: putra tiṣṭha nivartyatāṃ dānān matir iti; bodhisatva uvāca
apy eva parivarteta dharā sadharaṇīdharā /
pradānān na tv ahaṃ cittaṃ nivarteya mahīpate //

ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; tataḥ putraduhitṛkalatrasahitaḥ śokotkaṇṭhaḥ paurajānapadasahasrair anugamyamānaḥ tasmān nagarān nirjagāma; kaścit puruṣaḥ taṃ rudanaparidevitaśabdaṃ śrutvā mahājanakāyaṃ ca nagaradvāreṇa nirgacchantaṃ dṛṣṭvā anyataraṃ puruṣam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa kiṃkṛto 'yaṃ mahājanasya ruditaśabdaḥ iti; sa uvāca: kiṃ bhavān na jānīte ( SBV II 123 )
asmāt purān nṛpatinā svasutaḥ sudaṃṣṭro
nirvāsyate sthiradhṛtir nirataḥ pradāne /
taṃ prasthitaṃ vanam upetya saputradāraṃ
paurāḥ sametya subhṛśaṃ karuṇaṃ rudanti // iti
tato bodhisatvas tasmān nagarān nirgatān paurān yathānyāyyam abhigamyovāca: nivartantu bhavantaḥ; suciram api hi priyasaṃyogo bhūtvā avaśyam evānte ( A 469a ) viprayogāvasānaḥ; vāsavṛkṣo 'dhvapratiśrayabhūto hi bandhujanasaṃyogaḥ; avaśyabhāvī priyaviprayogaḥ; kutaḥ
sarveṣu lokeṣv avaśasya jantoḥ priyair viyogo bhavantīti matvā /
kāryā bhavadbhir bhuvi sarvayatnaiḥ sthirāprakampyā ca śamāya buddhiḥ // iti
atha triṃśadyojanātikrāntaṃ bodhisatvam avekṣya anyatamo brāhmaṇaḥ abhigamyovāca: bhoḥ kṣatriyakumāra itas triṃśanmātrair adhiṣṭhānaṃ; tato 'haṃ bhavato guṇaśravaṇād āgataḥ; tad arhati bhavān anena rathavareṇa me saphalaṃ śramaṃ kartum iti; tato mādrī saṃjātāmarṣā niṣṭhurābhidhānena taṃ brāhmaṇam uvāca
aho dvijasyāsya sudāruṇā matir vane 'pi yo 'bhyarthayate nṛpātmajam /
na nāma kāruṇyam ihāsya jāyate narendraputre nṛpatiśriyā cyute // iti

bodhisatva uvāca: na khalu na khalu bhavatyā brāhmaṇaḥ paribhāṣaṇīyaḥ; kutaḥ
yady ete na bhaveyur artharucayo mādri pratigrāhakāḥ
bodhiṃ kaḥ samavāpnuyād bhuvi naraḥ sarvapradānād ṛte /
ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhir uttamaguṇāḥ saṃbodhisatvāḥ sadā
dānādyābhir avāpnuvanti niyataṃ sarvajñatām uttamām // iti
tato bodhisatvas tam apy aśvarathaṃ pareṇa harṣeṇa tasmai brāhmaṇāya datvā uvāca
anena mātsaryamalapravāhinā rathapradānena mamāstv iha dvija / ( SBV II 124 )
maharṣibhiḥ sadbhir anupravartito nirāsravo dharmamayo mahārathaḥ // iti
tato viśvantaraḥ pramuditahṛdayas tam api rathavaraṃ brāhmaṇāya datvā kṛṣṇājināṃ kumārīṃ skandhe āropya mādrī ca jālinaṃ kumāraṃ tapovanābhimukhau saṃprasthitau; anupūrveṇa ca tapovanam anuprāptau; tato viśvantaras tasmiṃs tapovane svahṛdayapraritoṣakaraṃ vratam āsthāya vijahāra; yāvad anyatamo brāhmaṇaḥ mādryā<ṃ> mūlaphalārtham abhigatāyā<ṃ> tapovanād viśvantaram abhigamyovāca: jayatu bhavān kṣatriyakumāraḥ;
upasthāyakahīno 'haṃ bhramāmi savadhūjanaḥ /
tadarthaṃ bālakāv etau mama tvaṃ dātum arhasi // iti
evam ukto viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ iṣṭasutaparityāgaṃ prati muhūrtaṃ cintāparo babhūva; tato 'sau brāhmaṇo viśvantaraṃ bodhisatvam uvāca: yato 'haṃ bhavantam arthaye; tat kim idaṃ vicāryate
bhavān khyātaḥ kṣititale sarvataḥ karuṇātmakaḥ /
yathā śibiḥ śruto nityaṃ tathā tvaṃ kartum arhasi // iti
evam ukto bodhisatvas taṃ brāhmaṇam uvāca: bho mahābrāhmaṇa
svajīvitaparityāge na me kācid vicāraṇā /
kiṃ punaḥ svasutatyāge mama syān matir anyathā //
api tu mahābrāhmaṇa
parityaktau mayā bālau vanavṛddhau sukhātmakau /
mātṛhīnau katham imau sthāsyataḥ karuṇātmakau //
mā bhūd vaktā ca me kaścit kumārau nirghṛṇo bhṛśam /
bālau tyajati nātmānaṃ sādhu brāhmaṇa māṃ naya // iti
atha sa brāhmaṇo ( A 469b ) viśvantaram uvāca: bhoḥ kṣatriyakumāra naitad bhavataḥ pratirūpaṃ mahati rājavaṃśe prasūtasya sarvasyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ khyātayaśasaḥ sarvaprāṇiṣu dayānukrośapravṛttasya dānamānasatkāragandhahastinaḥ ( SBV II 125 ) śramaṇabrāhmaṇātithigurujanapūjakasya kṛpaṇavaṇīpakānāthadaridrajanaparigrāhakasya sarvamanorathaparipūrakasya amoghadarśanasya yat mama vandhyam āgamanaṃ bhavet, mogho vā mārgaśramaḥ nirarthakaṃ vā darśanam; aphalā sā āśā cirakālāśāsito vā cetasy āśāsakaḥ; tat śighraṃ saṅkkalpaturagasya manorathasya tadvacananāstikyapratyāhatasya me nirvṛttir bhavet; tad arhati bhavān paripūrṇamanorathaṃ māṃ visarjayituṃ kutaḥ
jalanidhivasanā<ṃ> grahāntarākṣī<ṃ>
girivarapīnapayodharottamāṅgīm /
sanagaranigamāṃ vicārya bhūmiṃ
na tava sudaṃṣṭra samo 'sti dānaśaktyā // iti
athaitad vacanaṃ brāhmaṇasyopaśrutya viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ imāṃ cintām āpede tanayasnehaviklavaḥ
yadi tāvat pradāsyāmi brāhmaṇasya sutadvayam /
prāpsyāmy ahaṃ ca mādrī ca duḥkhaṃ putraviyogajam //
athāsmai na pradāsyāmi bhaviṣyāmi kṣatavrataḥ /
nirāśo brāhmaṇaś cāyaṃ gamiṣyati yathāgataḥ //
kāmaṃ putraviyogārto bhuvi śokaṃ vrajāmy aham /
bhagnapratijño na tv eva bhaviṣyāmi kṣatavrataḥ // iti
tato viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ iṣṭasutaparityāgaṃ prati kṛtaniścaya uvāca: eṣa bho
lokaṃ duḥkhamāharṇave pratibhaye majjantam ārtaṃ bhṛśam
pāraṃ tārayituṃ suduṣkaraśatair badhnāmi mārgaplavam /
ity uktvā vimalāmbupūrṇavadano vaktreṇa nirmanyunā
bālāv aśrujalāmbupūrṇanayanau viprāya tasmai dadau // ( SBV II 126 )
āha ca

asya putrapradānasya phalaṃ vipulam āpnuyām /
tārayeyam ahaṃ tena lokaṃ saṃsārasāgarāt // iti
dattamātrayoś ca punas tayor bāladārakayoḥ iyaṃ ca vasumatī ṣaḍvikāraṃ cacāla; tatas tena bhūmikampena tadvanavāsinas tāpasāḥ saṃtrastāḥ anyonyam ūcuḥ
kiṃprabhāvanimitto 'yaṃ bhūmeḥ kampaḥ sudāruṇaḥ /
jñatavyam iha suvyaktaṃ prabhāvaḥ kasya īdṛśaḥ // iti
tatrānyatamo vṛddhatāpaso vasiṣṭhasagotro nimittajñānakuśalaḥ; sa teṣām ṛṣīṇām etam arthaṃ nivedayāmāsa
nūnaṃ tapovanaratau hi phalāmbubhakṣau
bālau sutau nayanatuṣṭikarau manojñau /
duḥkhārditasya jagataḥ parimokṣaṇārthaṃ
viśvantaras tyajati kampati yena bhūmiḥ // iti
tatas tau bāladārakau pitur āśayaparityāgabuddhim avagamya karuṇakaruṇaṃ rudantau viśvantarasya pādayor nipatya kṛtakarapuṭāv ūcatuḥ: prasīda tāta mā āvāṃ parityākṣīḥ; kvedāniṃ guruvihīnau gamiṣyāvaḥ iti
ambā ca tāta niṣkrāntā tvaṃ ca no dātum arhasi /
yāvat tām api paśyāvas tato dāsyati nau bhavān // iti
tato bodhisatvaḥ snehaviklavaḥ sāśrudurdinanayanaḥ tau bāladārakau ( A 470a ) parityajyovāca: putrakau
na me hṛdayam asnigdhaṃ nākṛpā nāpi nairghṛṇam /
sarvalokahitārthaṃ tu tyajāmi guṇadarśanāt // iti
apy evāhaṃ parāṃ bodhim abhigamya śivāṃ svayam /
duḥkhārṇavagataṃ lokaṃ tārayeyaṃ nirāśrayaḥ // iti
tatas tau bāladārakau pitur āśayaparityāgam avagamya karuṇādīnavilambitākṣaraṃ pādayor nipatya kṛtakarapuṭāv ūcatuḥ
yady evaṃ vyavasāyas te vacanād āvayos tvayā
vaktavyā jananī tāta kṣantum amba tvam arhasi // iti ( SBV II 127 )
api ca tāta
yan nau guror apakṛtaṃ tvayi bālabhāvāt
yady apriyaṃ vacanam anyad udāhṛtaṃ vā /
śuśrūṣaṇaṃ ca paripūritam eva na syāt
bālāparādha iti tat khalu marṣaṇīyam //
ity uktvā pitaram abhivādya triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya guruvacanalālasau muhurmuhuḥ saṃparivartamānau nayanāmbupariplutākṣakau tasmād āśramād viniścakrāmatuḥ; tato bodhisatvas tair atikaruṇair bāladārakavacobhiḥ viklavīkṛtahṛdayo bodhau manaḥ praṇidhāya tapovanaparṇakuṭīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; niṣkrāntamātrayoś ca bāladārakayoḥ ayaṃ trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātuḥ ṣaḍvikāraṃ kampitaḥ; anekaiś ca devatāsahasraiḥ hāhākṛtam antarikṣaṃ babhūva
aho pradānamāhātmyam aho khalv asya niścayaḥ /
bālāv imau sutau tyaktvā yan na vikriyate manaḥ // iti
tasmiṃś ca samaye mādrī mūlaphalāny ādāya āśramābhimukhī saṃprasthitā; tena ca mahatā bhūmikampena tvaritam āśramapadaṃ pratasthe; anyatamā devatā siṃharūpadhāriṇī bhūtva mārgam avarudhyāvasthitā, mā haiva mādrī bodhisattvasya sarvasatvanirmokṣaṇakṛtodyogasya dānapāramitāyāṃ vighnam utpādayiṣyatīti
tato mādrī tāṃ mṛgarājavadhūm uvāca
mṛgarājavadhūvilāsini
kim idaṃ mām uparudhya tiṣṭhasi /
dhruvam asmi yathā pativratā
laghu mārgād apasarpa me tathā //
api ca
tvam api mṛgarājapatnī
aham api bhāryā narendrasiṃhasya /
dharmeṇa bhavasi bhaginī
mṛgarājñi dadasva me mārgam // ( SBV II 128 )

ity evam uktā sā siṃharūpadhāriṇī devatā tasmān mārgād apakrāntā; tato mādrī nimittāny apraśastānīti matvā muhūrtaṃ cintayāmāsa: yathāyam antarīkṣe rudanaśabdaḥ śrūyate, yathā vanavāsināṃ bhūtānāṃ vikrośanaśabdo vyaktam āśramapade akuśalaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; āha ca
yathā sphurati me netraṃ yathā rauti vihaṅgamaḥ /
dhruvaṃ tau bālakau tyaktau yathā me matir utsukā //
yathāyaṃ pṛthivīkampo vepate hṛdayaṃ ca me /
vyaktau tau bālakau tyaktau yathā kāyaś ca sīdati // iti
sā evam anarthaśatasahasrāṇi cintayantī āsramapadaṃ gatā; praviśya cā āśramapadaṃ sasaṃbhrāntā nirīkṣate; na paśyati putrakau; tato viklavahṛdayā vepamānā asthānapadānusāraṃ vikalpayati: asmin pradeśe jālinaḥ kumāraḥ sahabhaginyā mṛgapotakair ( A 470b ) abhīkṣṇaṃ krīḍitavān; imāni ca tābhyāṃ pāṃsunagarāṇi kṛtāni; imāni ca tayoḥ krīḍanakāni; tau tu na paśyāmi; atha vā ambā na dṛśyate iti parṇakuṭīṃ praviśya śayitau bhaviṣyataḥ ity evam āśaṅkāparigatahṛdayā sutadarśanalālasā mūlaphalāny ekānte upanikṣipya bāṣpāmbupariplutekṣaṇā bhartuḥ pādayor nipatya pṛcchati: āryaputra kva gatau bāladārakau iti; viśvantara uvāca
āśayā samabhikrānto brāhmaṇo mama sannidhau /
tasya tau dārakau dattau tvam anujñātum arhasi // iti
athaivam uktā mādrī viṣadigdhaviddheva mṛgī bhūmau nipapāta; jalāśayoddhṛteva matsī pṛthivyām āvartanaparivartanaṃ karoti sma; hṛtapoteva kurarī karuṇakaruṇaṃ virauti sma; naṣṭavatseva gaur bahuvidhaṃ hambhāravair vilalāpa; āha ca
bālapaṅkajasamānavaktrakau
padmapatrasukumārahastakau /
duḥkhaduḥkhitam adṛṣṭaduḥkhakau
kāṃ gatiṃ mama gatau hi putrakau //
niratau mṛgakaiḥ sahāśrame
mṛgaśābārjanakau mṛgākṣakau /
katham adya nu putrakau mama
vrajatas tasya vaśe na duḥkhitau // ( SBV II 129 )
nayanāmbupariplutākṣakau
viruvantau karuṇaṃ suduḥkhitau /
na ca me 'dya sudṛṣṭakau kṛtau
kṛpaṇaṃ jīvati duḥkhito janaḥ //
aṅke mama tau vivṛddhakau
mūlapuṣpaphalabhojanātmakau /
kṣāntimārdavagurupriyau sadā
duḥkhitau hi paramaṃ sutau mama //
jñātimātṛparihīṇakau ca tau
bandhubhiś ca sahasā nirākṛtau /
durjanaṃ janam upetya pāpakaṃ
duḥkhitau hi paramaṃ sutau mama //
kṣuttṛṣāparigatātmakau sadā
kasya tau vaśam upāgamiṣyataḥ /
ārtiduḥkhaparipīḍitau ca tau
preṣyabhāvam upayāsyato dhruvam //
karma nūnam iha pāpakaṃ mayā
anyajanmani kṛtaṃ sudāruṇam /
prāṇinaḥ priyaśatair viyojitā
yena gaur iva viraumy avatsikā //
yena satyavacanena me sadā
sarvasatvasamatāṃ gataṃ manaḥ /
tena satyavacanena me sutau

dāsabhāvagamanād vimucyatām // iti
tato mādrī tābhyāṃ bāladārakābhyāṃ ye vṛkṣā ropitakāyapālitakās tān kisalayasaṃchannāṇ dṛṣṭvā sasaṃbhramā pariṣvajyovāca
bālabālakalaśāvasiktakāḥ
pallavaprapatitāśrubindavaḥ /
cetanā iva rudanti vṛkṣakā
bālakāḥ stanavihīnakā iva //
punaś ca tayor bāladārakayoḥ krīḍanakān āśramavāsino mṛgaśābakān dṛṣṭvā karuṇādīnavilambitākṣaraṃ vacanam uvāca ( SBV II 130 )
duḥkham etad aparam hy analpakam
yad bhramanti mṛgaśābakā ime /
yad vayasyaparidarśanotsukāḥ
sthānakeṣu parimārgaṇotsukāḥ
tato yena mārgeṇa tau bāladārakau gatau taṃ mārgam anusarantī tayor bāladārakayor itaś cāmutaś ca padāny anṛjukāni dṛṣṭvā tīvraduḥkhābhyāhatā punar uvāca ( A 471a )
pātyamānau dhruvaṃ nītau yathā padavilambitam /
kvacid drutagatāvṛttau hānṛśaṃsa dvijottama //
bāṣpagadgadaniruddhakaṇṭhakau
vepamānarucirādharoṣṭhakau /
tau hi me hariṇapariplutākṣakau
komalaiś caraṇakaiḥ kathaṃ gatau // iti
tato bodhisatvas tāṃ tathā paridevanātmikāṃ dṛṣṭvā tābhis tābhiḥ śrutibhir anityatāpratisaṃyuktābhiḥ bahuprakāram anusaṃjñāpayann uvāca
na darpān na ca vidveṣān mayā tyaktaṃ sutadvayam /
sarvasatvahitārthaṃ tu tyaktau tau dustyajau sutau //
ātmaputrakalatraṃ ca tyaktvā paramadustyajam /
prāpnuvanti mahāsatvāḥ śibivad bodhim uttamām // iti
tyāgādhiṣṭhānān mādri putrau tau
tyaktau dustyājau lokanirmokṣaṇārtham /
dadyāṃ svān dārān vāhanaṃ cāpi vittaṃ
sarvaṃ sarvebhyo dātum eṣā matir me // iti
atha mādrī dhairyam ālambya cittena bodhisatvam uvāca
na karomy antarāyaṃ te mā te bhūn matir anyathā /
mām apīcchasi ced dātuṃ nirviśaṅkaṃ prayaccha mām //
api tu
yasyārthe svajanān dhīra tyajasi snehaviklavaḥ /
tam arthaṃ prāpnuhi kṣipraṃ tārayan hi bhavāj jagat // iti
tataḥ śakro devendraḥ tad atyadbhutam atiduṣkaraṃ ca mādryā bodhisatvasya ca vyavasāyam āgamya tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ upari ( SBV II 131 ) vihāyasā tadāśramapadam upagamya udāreṇāvabhāsena tad vanam avabhāsya gaganatalastha eva bodhisatvam uvāca
yathā mūḍhe loke kumatigrahaparyākulamatau
vibhogāsaktāśaye ca sutapāśair nigadite /
tvam eko niḥsaṅgas tyajasi tanayān snehajanakān
dhruvaṃ kṣemaṃ śāntaṃ vimalavirajaṃ prāpsyasi padam // iti
tad evaṃ protsāhya bodhisatvaṃ śakro devendraś cintayāmāsa: eko 'yam upasthāyakavirahitaḥ khedam āpatsyate; yannv imām asmāt prāthayeyam iti; tato bodhisatvasakāśād apakramya brāhmaṇaveṣam āsthāya punar bodhisatvam uvāca
imāṃ sarvānavadyāṅgīm anuraktāṃ pativratām /

saṃprayaccha kulaślāghyāṃ mama bhṛtyārthabhāginīm // iti
tato mādrī saṃjātāmarṣā brāhmaṇam uvāca
nirlajjaś cāpi lubdhaś ca tvam iha brāhmaṇādhamaḥ /
saddharmaniratāṃ yas tvaṃ mām icchasi pativratām // iti
tato viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ karuṇāparigatahṛdayo mādrīṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; atha mādrī viśvantaraṃ bodhisatvam uvāca
na śocāmy aham ātmānaṃ nāpekṣā me tathātmani /
yathā tvām anuśocāmi katham eko bhaviṣyasi // iti
tato bodhisatvas tāṃ mādrīm uvāca
aham iha bhuvi mādri nānuśocyo
parimṛśa padam akṣayaṃ viśokam /
tam imam anusara dvijaṃ viśoko
mṛgaśaraṇe tv aham āśrame 'bhyupaimi //
iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditamanāś cintayāmāsa
idam asmin vane dānaṃ paścimaṃ me bhaviṣyati
mādrīṃ cemāṃ parityajya bhaviṣyāmy aparigrahaḥ //
iti viditvā mādrīpāṇau gṛhitvā taṃ brāhmaṇam uvāca
bhāvānuraktaśuśrūṣāṃ sadvṛttāṃ priyavādinīm / ( SBV II 132 ) ( A 471b )
mama bhāryām imām iṣṭāṃ gṛhāṇa tvaṃ dvijottama // iti
tataḥ patnīṃ sudaṃṣṭrasya tyajato bodhikāṅkṣayā /
ṣaḍvikārā mahī kṛtsnā cacālāmbuni naur yathā //
tato mādrī bāṣpoparuddhyamānagadgadakaṇṭhā brāhmaṇavaśam āgatā patiputraduhitṛrahitā idam abhravīt
kīdṛṅ mayā kṛtaṃ karma anāryaṃ pūrvajanmasu /
naṣṭavatseva gaur yena viraumi vijane vane //
tataḥ śakro devendro brāhmaṇaveṣam antardhāpya svaveṣeṇa sthitvā mādrīm uvāca
na brāhmaṇo 'smi subhage na ca mānuṣo 'smi
śakras tv ahaṃ hy asuranāśakaraḥ surendraḥ /
prīto 'smy anena vinayena tavottamena
tad brūhi kiṃ varam ihecchasi matsakāśāt // iti
tato mādrī tadvacanajanitasaumanasyā śakraṃ praṇamyovāca
mama putrau sahasrākṣa dāsabhāvād vimocaya /
pitāmahasakāśaṃ ca prāpaya tridaśeśvara // iti
tathety uktvā mahendraḥ punar āśramapadaṃ praviśya bodhisatvam upajagmivān; mādrīṃ ca vāmena pāṇinā gṛhitvā bodhisatvam uvāca
ahaṃ mādrīm imāṃ tubhyaṃ dadāmi paricārikām /
na ca te kasyacid deyā nyāsadroho hi garhitaḥ // iti
tato śakro devendras taṃ bāladārakaparigrahītāraṃ tathā vyāmohayāmāsa yathā anyanagaraśaṅkayā tad eva nagaram upetya tau bāladārakau vikretum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad amātyair dṛṣṭvā rājñe niveditam
etau putrasya te putrau brāhmaṇo 'smin purottame /
jālinaṃ caiva kṛṣṇāṃ ca vikrīṇīte sudāruṇaḥ // iti
etac chrutvā bhrāntacittaḥ sa rājā
prāha kṣipraṃ darśaya tvaṃ kumārau /
nāryaś cakruḥ krośam antaḥpurasthāḥ

paurā rājñaḥ kṣipram eyuḥ samīpam //
yāvad anyenāmātyena rājñaḥ sakāśam upanītau ( SBV II 133 )
pautrau nirīkṣya sa nṛpo 'bhimukhopanītau
kṣīṇasvarau kṛśatanū maladigdhagātrau /
siṃhāsanāt kṣititalaṃ sahasā papāta
paurā vicukruśur amātyagaṇāḥ striyaś ca //
tato rājā amātyān āmantrayate
vane 'pi vasato dāneṣv abhirataṃ manaḥ /
tam ihānayata kṣipraṃ patnyā sārdhaṃ sulocanam // iti
tataḥ śakro devendro bodhisatvam abhinamasya svabhavanam upajagāma; paścāc ca rājani viśvāmitre abhyatīte brāhmaṇāmātyapaurajānapadaiḥ sārdhaṃ tadāśramapadaṃ gatvā bodhisatvaṃ yācitvā svapuram ānīya rājye pratiṣṭhāpitavān; tato viśvantaro rājā sarvaṃdado babhūva; sa śraṃanabrāhmaṇavanīpakasuhṛtsambandhibāndhavānujīvijaneṣu anekaprakārāṇi dānāni datvā puṇyāni kṛtvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
bodhiṃ prārthayamānena dānaṃ deyaṃ viśārada /
kṣatriye brāhmaṇe vaiśye śūdre caṇḍālapukkaśe //
hiraṇyaṃ ca suvarṇaṃ ca gavāśvamaṇikuṇḍalam //
dadyāt saṃpannaśīlebhyo dāsakarmakaraṃ tathā //
sutadāraparityāgaṃ kṛtvā muktena cetasā /
prāpnuvanti narāḥ śuddhim asmin loke paratra ca // iti
yadā viśvāmitreṇa rājñā viśvantaranimittaṃ jujjukāya brāhmaṇāya prabhūtaṃ dhanaṃ dattaṃ tadāsau vistīrṇavibhavo jātaḥ; tasya ( A 472a ) suhṛtsambandhibāndhavā mitrāṇi cāgamya kathayanti: yā ca kācit tava śrīr asau viśvantaraṃ kumāram āgamya iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mama viśvantareṇa kṛtam uttamavarṇaprasūto 'haṃ; dakṣiṇīyo lokasya; yena mama bhogā upanamanti iti
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau viśvantaro nāma rājakumāraḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau jujjukaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yat kṛtajñā bhaviṣyāmaḥ kṛtavedinaḥ svalpam api kṛtaṃ na nāśyayiṣyāmaḥ; prāg eva prabhūtaṃ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam ( SBV II 134 )
The story of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśā
buddho bhagavān viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena campāyāṃ potalo nāma gṛhapatiḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā upasthīyate śīte śītopakaraṇaiḥ uṣṇe uṣṇopakaraṇaiḥ vaidyaprajñaptair āhāraiḥ, nātitiktaiḥ nātyamlaiḥ nātilavaṇaiḥ nātimadhuraiḥ nātikaṭukaī nātikaṣāyaiḥ tiktāmlalavaṇamadhurakaṭukaṣāyavivarjitaiḥ; hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātrī apsarā iva nandane vane vicāriṇī maṃcān maṃcaṃ pīṭhāt pīṭham anavatarantī adharimāṃ bhūmiṃ; na cāsyāḥ kiṃcid amanojñāṃ śabdaśravaṇaṃ yāvad garbhasya paripākāya
tena khalu samayena potalako gṛhapatiḥ rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ kenacid eva karaṇīyena; sā cāṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt śravaṇe nakṣatre prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya pādatalayor adhastāt caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi suvarṇavarṇavarṇāni jātāni; yāvat potalakasya gṛhapateḥ svamanuṣyaḥ tvaritatvaritaṃ rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ, potalakasya gṛhapateḥ kathayati: gṛhapate diṣṭyā vardhase putras te jātaḥ iti; sa prītisaumanasyajātaḥ bhūyaḥ pṛcchati kiṃ kathayasi gṛhapate putras te jātaḥ; punaḥ pṛcchati kiṃ kathayasi iti; atha tasya puruṣasyaitad abhavat kim ayaṃ gṛhapatir bhūyo bhūyaḥ pṛcchati? mā māṃ pralāpayitukāmaḥ iti viditvā tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; gṛhapatiḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa kṣūṇas tvaṃ; yadi tvayā śatam api vāṅ niścāritābhaviṣyat, mayāpi tava mukhaṃ suvarṇasya pūritam abhaviṣyat iti; tataḥ potalakena gṛhapatinā tasya puruṣasya trīn vārān suvarṇena mukhaṃ ( A 472b ) pūritaṃ; koṣṭhāgārikasya ca sandiṣṭaṃ dārakasyāvalehikāmūlyaṃ viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭīr dehi iti
potalako gṛhapatiḥ prītamanāḥ rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ deva putro me jātaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: śobhanam eva; dadāmy ( SBV II 135 ) ahaṃ tasya campāyāṃ sādhāraṇaṃ saptahastikaṃ dānīyam iti; potalako gṛhapatiḥ rājānaṃ bimbisāram avalokya campām āgataḥ; tato gṛhapater jñātayaḥ trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayanti kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; anye kathayanti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ śravaṇanakṣatre jātaḥ; pitrā cāsya janmani viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyaḥ avalehikāmūlyaṃ dattaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśa iti nāma; tasya śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśa iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃsadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; uddhāre nyāse nikṣepe vastuparīkṣāyāṃ vastraparīkṣāyāṃ ratnaparīkṣāyāṃ dāruparīkṣāyāṃ hastiparīkṣāyāṃ aśvaparīkṣāyāṃ kumāraparīkṣāyāṃ kumārikāparīkṣāyāṃ; so 'ṣṭāsu parīkṣāsu udghāṭako vācakaḥ paṇḍitaḥ paṭupracāraḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tasya puṇyamaheśākhyatāṃ śrutvā samānakulīnair bahubhir dārikā dattāḥ; tasya pitrā trīṇi vāsagṛhāṇi māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikaṃ; trīṇi udyānāni māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikaṃ; trīṇi antaḥpurāṇi vyavasthāpitāni jyaiṣṭhaṃ madhyaṃ kanīyasaṃ; sa upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya dine dine paṃcaśatikāḥ pāko bhojanārthaṃ sādhyate
Ajātaśatru, impelled by Devadatta, seeks to take his father King Bimbisāra's life but fails in the attempt

devadattena ajātaśatruḥ kumāro viprasthāpyate: kumāra sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ yadā śirasi palitaṃ jātaṃ bhavati, tadā jyeṣṭhaṃ kumāraṃ ( SBV II 136 ) rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpya pravrajanti; bhavataḥ pituḥ keśās tṛtīyaṃ varṇāntaraṃ gatāḥ; tathāpi kāmeṣv adhyavasita eva nopaśamaṃ gacchati iti; ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: kim asya karomi iti; devadattaḥ kathayati parākramasva iti; kāmārthināṃ nāstikiṃcid akaraṇīyaṃ; yāvad rājā bimbisāro bhagavato ghṛtapītasya maṇḍaṃ pātukāmasya maṇḍam adhiṣṭhāya veṇuvanaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; ajātaśatruṇā dṛṣṭaḥ; tena kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ; rājā śabde kṛtāvī, tena tasya maṇḍasthālī bhagnā; rājā tata eva pratinivṛttaḥ
The Buddha, desiring to convert Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa, sends Maudgalyāyana to him, who appears to him in the orb of the sun, and talks to him of the Buddha
atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; tatra ( A 473a ) bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: vinipātito maudgalyāyana ajātaśatruṇā akalyāṇamitropagūḍhena tathāgatasya piṇḍapātaḥ; gaccha campāyāṃ potalakaputrasya sakāśāt piṇḍapātam ādāya iti; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ yathā samāhite citte rājagṛhe 'ntarhitaś campāyāṃ pratyaṣṭhāt; śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ ādityabhaktaḥ; sa dine dine kālyam evotthāya ādityaṃ namasyati; āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyayānaḥ ṛddhyā ādityamaṇḍalaṃ bhitvā avatīrṇaḥ; atha śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: pratyakṣam evāham ādityaṃ svena rūpeṇa paśyāmi iti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar gāthāṃ bhāṣate
bhitvā raviṃ kṣititalābhimukhaṃ ka eṣa
saṃpraty upaiti bhavanaṃ samaśīghra eva /
syāt kiṃ nv ayaṃ dinakaro dhanadaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ
śakro 'tha vā surapatiḥ sahasāvatīrṇaḥ // iti
āyuṣmān api mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV II 137 )
nāhaṃ dīptasahasraraśmikiraṇas sūryo na tārādhipaḥ
nāhaṃ vaiśravaṇo cāsmi bhagavān nāsmīśvaras suvrataḥ /
putraṃ mām avagaccha śāntamanaso buddhasya dīptaujasaḥ
bhaikṣārthaṃ tu tavāham abhyupagataḥ piṇḍena kāryaṃ punaḥ // iti
śroṇaḥ kathayati: kiṃ bhavān muniḥ? sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
meruṃ prāpya yathā hi kāṃcanagiriṃ syāt sarṣapo 'bhyāgataḥ
sūryaṃ prāpya yathā bhavec ca tulitaḥ khadyotajantuḥ kṣitau /
ratnāḍhyaṃ ca sametya sāgaram iha syād goṣpadaṃ saṃsṛtam
buddhaṃ prāpya tathā narottamaguruṃ māṃ viddhi śāstātmajam // iti

śroṇaḥ kathayati
anenaivānumānena vayaṃ hi tava nāyakam /
suvyaktam avagacchāmo yathāsti sumahātapāḥ //
ājñāpaya kim āgamanaprayojanam iti; sa kathayati: bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātam anuprayaccha; ko 'sau bhagavān? asti gṛhapatiputra śramaṇo gautamaḥ śākyaputraḥ śākyakulāt keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisambuddhaḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapatiputra buddho nāma; tasya buddha ity aśrutapūrvaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā saromakūpāṇy āhṛṣṭāṇi; tenābhiprasannena sa eva paṃcaśatikaḥ pākaḥ āyuṣmate mahāmaudgalyāyanāya pratipāditaḥ
Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa fills his bowl with food of extraordinary fragrance, which Mahāmaudgalyāyana carries back to the Buddha
athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasyāntikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte campāyām antarhito rājagṛhe pratyaṣṭhād venuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena bhagavataḥ piṇḍapāta upanāmitaḥ; bhagavān bhoktum ārabdhaḥ; rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ dvitīyaṃ sthālipākam ādāya bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāmati; yāvat paśyati sarvaṃ veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena ( SBV II 138 ) ( A 473b ) surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati nūnaṃ śakreṇa devendreṇa anyābhir devatābhir bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātaḥ upanītaḥ; yathedaṃ veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭam; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: kiṃ bhadanta śakreṇa devendreṇa anyābhir devatābhir bhagavataḥ piṇḍapāta upanītaḥ? yena veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭam iti; bhagavān āha: na mahārāja śakreṇa devendreṇa nāpy anyābhir devatābhir upanītaḥ; api tu tavaiva vijite campāyāṃ potalakaputrasya dine dine paṃcaśatikaḥ sthālīpākaḥ sādhyate; tato maudgalyāyanena bhikṣuṇā ānitaḥ iti; tasya bhagavān varṇaṃ bhāṣitum ārabdhaḥ iti śrutvāpi tasya darśanakāmatā utpannā; bhagavāṃs tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya kathayati: mahārāja puṇyamaheśākhyas sa satvaḥ; mā tasya ājñāṃ dāsyasi; mā te puṇyaparikṣayo bhaviṣyati; api tu mahārāja paribhuṅkṣva pātraśeṣaṃ; sa kathayati: aham asmi bhadanta rājā; bhadanta kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ; na mayā kasyacit pātraśeṣaṃ paribhuktapūrvaṃ; kiṃtu bhagavān dharmatayā pitā bhavati; yadi bhagavān ājñāpayati <tarhi paribhuṃje iti> paribhoktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān āha: asti mahārāja tvayā kadācid evaṃrūpam annapānaṃ paribhuktapūrvaṃ? rājā kathayati: ayaṃ bhadanta rājakule vṛddho, rājā ca saṃvṛttaḥ nābhijānāty evaṃrūpam annapānam āsvāditapūrvaṃ; puṇyamaheśākhyo mahārāja sa satvaḥ ya īdṛśam annapānaṃ paribhuṅkte
King Bimbisāra desires to see Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa
atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; tena amātyānām ājñā dattā: sannāhayantu bhavantaḥ caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ; campāṃ gamiṣyāmi; kasyārthe? potalakaputraṃ draṣṭuṃ; devasyāsau viṣayanivāsī; ihaivāhūyatāṃ; puṇyamaheśākhyo 'sau satvaḥ; na tasya ājñā dātavyā; deva vayaṃ tathā kariṣyāmaḥ, yathā ājñāṃ na dāsyāmaḥ; sa cāgamiṣyati; evaṃ kuruta iti; taiś campāyā lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; bhavanto nagaraśobhāṃ kuruta; yavasayogāsanaṃ ca samdānayata; rājā āgamiṣyati; iti śrutvā parituṣṭāḥ; bhūyo lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; bhavanto na rājā āgamiṣyati; api tu kumāra āgacchati it; te santrastāḥ: karkaśaḥ ( SBV II 139 ) kumāraḥ, kadācid āgata anarthaṃ kariṣyati iti; bhuyo likhitaṃ; na rāja āgacchati; nāpi kumāraḥ; api tu yuṣmābhir gaṅgā tathā baddhavyā yathā pratilomā vahati; iti śrutvā campānivāsinaḥ paurās sannipatitāḥ: bhavanto nūnam asmān rājā daṇḍayitukāmaḥ, yenaivaṃ likhati iti tair amātyānām anena arthena lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; tair vācayitvā punas teṣāṃ yathābhūtaṃ sandiṣṭaṃ: bhavantaḥ eṣa paramārthaḥ; na rājā āgacchati; na kumāraḥ; nāpi gaṅgābandhena kiṃcit prayojanam; api tu devaḥ potalakaputraṃ ( A 474a ) draṣṭukāmaḥ; tair avacarakaḥ puruṣaḥ preṣitaḥ; tenāpy evam eva samākhyātaṃ; tatas te saṃbhūya potalakasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; gṛhapate devaḥ śroṇaṃ koṭiviṃśaṃ draṣṭukāmaḥ; preṣaya amātyair asmākaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sandiṣṭam; avacarakapuruṣeṇapi sa evārthaḥ samākhyātaḥ iti; sa kathayati: bhavanto na preṣayāmi; yo mama bhāgas taṃ suvarṇapiṇḍair api badhnīyām iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate yady apy evaṃ tathāpi paścimā janatā anukampitavyā iti; sa kathayati: bhavanto yady evaṃ samayataḥ anujānāmi; yadi yuṣmākam api putrāḥ śroṇena sārdhaṃ gacchati iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu; gacchantu bhavantaḥ
Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa goes to Rājagṛha to visit Bimbisāra
atha potalako gṛhapatir yena śroṇakoṭīviṃśas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam idam avocat: putra imepaura evaṃ kathayanti iti; sa kathayati: tāta yady evaṃ gacchāmi iti; putra nūnaṃ sa rājā tava pādayoḥ suvarṇavarṇāni romāṇi draṣṭukāmaḥ; na tvayā tasya pādau utkṣipya darśayitavyau; rājāna asthānaprakopinaḥ; mā te anarthaṃ kariṣyanti; ayaṃ muktāhāraḥ; etaṃ rājñaḥ pādayoḥ sthāpayitvā praṇāmaṃ ca kṛtvā tasya purastāt paryaṅkaṃ badhvā niṣīda; tato romāṇi drakṣyati iti; tataḥ potalako gṛhapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: katareṇa yānena śroṇaṃ preṣayāmi? kiṃ hastiyānena? aśvayānena? rathayānen? uta nauyānena iti; tasyaitad abhavat; nauyānam eṣāṃ varaṃ; nauyānena preṣayāmi iti; tena nadyāṃ gaṅgāyāṃ nausaṅkramo māpitaḥ; tatra vicitram udyānaṃ kāritaṃ nānāpuṣpaphalasaṃpannaṃ haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilādivihaṅganikūjitaṃ; vividhāni vāditrāṇi, naryaś ca nānālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ samāropitāḥ; tad anayā vibhūtyā jalamadhyena preṣitaḥ; ( SBV II 140 ) so 'nupūrveṇa rājagṛhasamīpaṃ gataḥ; rājñā bimbisāreṇa śrutaṃ potalakaputraḥ āgacchati iti; tena yāvac ca rājagṛhaṃ, yāvac ca nādī gaṅgā atrāntarāt khātam asyāḥ pūrayitvā tanmadhyena naur ākṛṣṭā; rājagṛhaṃ ca tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam ucchṛtadhvajapatākaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ devānām iva nandanavanodyānaṃ; so 'nayā vibhūtyā rājagṛhaṃ nagaraṃ praveśitaḥ; tato 'sau rājñaḥ siṃhāsanasthasya muktāhāraṃ pādayor datvā, śirasā praṇamya, purastāt paryaṅkaṃ badhvā niṣaṇṇaḥ; rājā tasya pādatalayoḥ suvarṇavarṇāni romāṇi dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: aho puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ iti

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa and King Bimbisāra go together to the Bamboo grove in order to see the Buddha
dṛṣṭvā kathayati: śroṇa dṛṣṭas te bhagavān? no deva; āgaccha gacchāmaḥ; sa pṛcchati deva kiṃ bhagavān yānena gaccchati? āhosvīt pādābhyām? iti; rājā kathayati ( A 474b ) pravrajito 'sau; kiṃ tasya yānena? iti; sa kathayati: deva yady evam aham api pādābhyām eva gacchāmi iti, pādābhyām eva saṃprasthitaḥ; tasya pauruṣeyair vastrāṇi pṛthivyām āstīrṇāni; sa kathayati: kiṃ bhagavān āstīrṇena gacchati? āhosvis anāstīrṇena? iti; te kathayanti anāstīrṇena iti; sa kathayati: apanyata vastrāṇi; aham apy anāstīrṇena gacchāmi iti; pauruṣeyair vastrāṇi apanītāni; amanuṣyakair āstīrṇāni; sa kathayati: bhavanto yūyaṃ mayā nivāritāḥ? iti; te kathayanti: deva nivāritāḥ; atha kena punar āstīrṇāni? iti; deva puṇyamaheśākhyas tvam; amanuṣyakair āstīrṇāni iti; tenāśayato vāṅ niścāritā apanayantu amanuṣyā vastrāṇi iti; tair apanītāni; tena pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate saṃvyathate saṃpravyathate; pūrvo digbhāga unnamati, paścima avanamati; paścima unnamati; pūrvo 'vanamati; dakṣiṇa unnamati, uttaro 'vanamati; uttara unnamati, dakṣiṇo 'vanamati; anta unnamati, madhyo 'vanamati; madhya ( SBV II 141 ) unnamati, anto 'vanamati; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: ito bhikṣava ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācit potalakaputreṇa anāstīrṇāyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; etarhi nyasto dharmagauravataḥ, no tu puṇyaparikṣayāt; tenāyaṃ ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iti
The Buddha converts Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa
atha śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo yena bhagavān tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; tato bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñatvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā śroṇena koṭīviṃśena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatya utthāya āsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā, yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaya pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti; bhagavān āha: na khalu gṛhaputra tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā ananujñātaṃ kulaputraṃ mātāpitṛbhyāṃ pravrājayanti upasaṃpādayanti vā; gaccha mātāpitarāv avalokaya iti; rājā kathayati ahaṃ bhadanta prabhuḥ sarvādhikaraṇānām; arthe mamaiva dharmatayā ayaṃ putro bhavati; aham enam anujānāmi; pravrājayatu bhagavān yathāsukham iti; tato bhagavatā ehibhikṣukayā ābhāṣitaḥ ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti; tato vāco 'vasānasamanantaram eva muṇḍaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ; pātrakarakavyagrahastaḥ saptāhāvaropitakeśaśmasruḥ varṣaśatopasaṃpannasya bhikṣor īryāpathenāvasthitaḥ; āha cātra
ehīti coktaḥ sa tathāgatena
muṇḍaś ca saṅghāṭiparītadehaḥ /
sadyaḥ praśāntendriya eva tasthau
nepacchito buddhamanorathena // iti
ṣaḍvargīyās ( A 475a ) tad avasphaṇḍayitum ārabdhāḥ; ayaṃ tāvan nītapiṇḍakaḥ; ekāntaghaṭake śāsane kiṃ viśeṣam adhigamiṣyati iti ( SBV II 142 ) sa tair avasphaṇḍito yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: kataro bhadanta ānanda bhagavatā ekāntaghaṭakasya bhikṣoḥ yogānukūlas samādhir uktaḥ āyuṣman śroṇa bhagavatoktaṃ caṅkramata avigatasamādhiś cirasthitiko bhaviṣyatīti tena śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ gatvā caṅkramo 'dhiṣṭhitaḥ iti; tatrāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ rājagṛhe viharati śītavane śmaśāne yuktaḥ; sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣikeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto bhavati
Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa gives himself to severe penances. The example of the lute
atha āyuṣmataḥ śroṇakoṭīviṃśasya ekākino rahogatasya pratisaṃlīnasya evaṃ cetasi cetaḥparitarka udapādi; yāvantaḥ khalu bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ ārabdhavīryā viharanti; ahaṃ teṣām anyatamaḥ; atha ca punar me nānupādāyāsravebhyaś cittaṃ vimucyate; saṃvidyante ca me jñātiṣu vipulā bhogāḥ; yannv ahaṃ niṣadya kāmāṃś ca paribhuṅjīya; dānāni ca dadyāṃ; puṇyāni ca kuryām iti
atha bhagavān āyuṣmataḥ śroṇasya cetasā cittam ājñāya anyatamaṃ bhikṣum āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhikṣo; yena śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tenopasamkrāma; upasaṃkramya śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam evaṃ vada śāstā tvāṃ śroṇa āmantrayate iti; evaṃ bhadantety sa bhikṣur bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yanāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam idam avocat: śāstā tvām āyuṣman śroṇa āmantrayate iti; evam āyuṣman ity āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tasya bhikṣoḥ pratiśrutya yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekāṇte sthitaḥ; āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśaṃ bhagavān idam avocat: na te śroṇa ekākino rahogatasya pratisaṃlīnasya evaṃ cetasi cetaḥparitarka udapādi? yāvantaḥ khalu bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ ārabdhavīryā viharanti; ahaṃ teṣām anyatamaḥ; atha ca punar me nānupādāya āsravebhyaḥ cittaṃ vimucyate; saṃvidyante ca me ( SBV II 143 ) jñātiṣu vipulā bhogāḥ; yannv ahaṃ niṣadya kāmāṃś ca paribhuñjīya; dānāni ca dadyāṃ; puṇyāni ca kuryām iti

atha āyuṣmataḥ śroṇasya koṭīviṃśasya etad abhavat: jānāti me bhagavān cetasā cittam; iti viditvā bhītas trastas saṃvignaḥ āhṛṣṭaromakūpo bhagavantam idam avocat: evaṃbhadanta; tena hi śroṇa tvām eva pṛcchāmi; yathā te kṣamate tathainaṃ vyākuru; kiṃ manyase śroṇa? kuśalas tvam abhūḥ pūrvam āgārikaḥ san vīṇāyāṃ tantrīsvane; tathyam ahaṃ bhadanta kuśalo 'bhūvaṃ pūrvam āgārikaḥ san vīṇāyāṃ tantrīsvane: kiṃ manyase śroṇa? yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ atyātatā bhavanti, api nu tasmin samaye ( A 475b ) vīṇā valgusvarā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? no bhadanta; yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ atiślathā bhavanti api nu tasmin samaye vīṇā valgusvarā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? no bhadanta; atha punar yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ nātyātatā bhavanti nātiślathāḥ saha guṇeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ, nanu tasmin samaye vīṇā valgusvarā vā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? evaṃ bhadanta; evam eva śroṇa atyārabdhaṃ vīryam atyauddhatyāya saṃvartate; atilīnaṃ cittaṃ kausīdyāya saṃvartate; tasmāt tvaṃ śroṇa samatāṃ pratipadyasva; tena ca mā maṃsthāḥ; tasmiṃś ca pramādaḥ; tasmiṃś ca nimittam udgṛhṇīṣva; anena tvaṃ śroṇa vihāreṇa viharan nacirād eva āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā, upasaṃpadya pravedayase kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti
Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa follows the advice of the Buddha, and in a short time becomes an arhat
athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo bhagavatā anena vīṇopamena avavādenāvavāditaḥ eko vyapakṛṣṭaḥ apramattaḥ ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīt; eko vyapakṛṣṭaḥ apramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharan, yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ( SBV II 144 ) ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayate: kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; ājñātavān sa āyuṣmān arhan babhūva suvimuktacittaḥ
athāyuṣmataḥ śroṇāsya koṭīviṃśasya arhatvaprāptasya vimuktiprītisukhasaṃvedinaḥ etad abhavat: ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramituṃ, paryupasanāya iti; athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ sāyāhne oratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena hagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdat; ekāntaniṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ bhagavantam idam avocat
The discourse of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa

yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati arhan kṣīṇāsravaḥ kṛtakṛtyaḥ kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ apahṛtabhāraḥ anuprāptasvakāryaḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaḥ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittaḥ sa tasmin samaye ṣaṭ sthānāny adhimukto bhavati; naiṣkramyam adhimukto bhavati; trṣṇākṣayam upādānakṣayam asaṃ moṣaṃ ca cetasā adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu bhadanta ihaikatyasya evaṃ śraddhāmātrakaṃ, bata ayam āyuṣmān niśritya naiṣkramyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya naiṣkramyam adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu ihaikatyasya evaṃ śīlamātrakaṃ bata ayam āyuṣmān niśritya avyābādhyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭuṃ; kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya avyābādhyam adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu bhadanta ihaikatyasya evaṃ lābhasatkāraślokamātrakaṃ ( SBV II 145 ) bata ayam āyuṣmān parimṛgayamāṇāḥ prāvivekyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ; kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya tṛṣṇākṣayam upādānakṣayam asaṃmoṣaṃ ca cetasā adhimukto bhavati; yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati arhan, kṣīṇāsravaḥ kṛtakṛtyaḥ kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ apahṛtabhāraḥ anuprāptasvakāryaḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaḥ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittaḥ tasmin samaye imāni ṣaṭ sthānāny adhimukto bhavati; yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati śaikṣa asaṃprāptamānasaḥ sa uttaraṃ yogakṣemaṃ nirvāṇam abhiprārthayamānarūpo bahulaṃ viharati; tasmin samaye śaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati śaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtya upasaṃpadya pravedayate; kṣīṇā me jāti, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; sa tasmin samaye aśaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati aśaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; tadyathā dahraḥ kumārako bālo mandaḥ uttānaśāyī tasmin samaye dahraiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati dahraiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena vṛddher anvayāt, indriyāṇāṃ paripākāt sa tasmin samaye vṛddhaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati vṛddhaiś cendriyaiḥ; evam eva yo 'sau bhikṣur bhavati śaikṣa asaṃprāptamānasaḥ sa uttaraṃ yogakṣemaṃ nirvāṇam abhiprārthayamānarūpo bahulaṃ viharati; sa tasmin samaye śaikṣaiḥ samanvāgato bhavatiṃ śaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtva upasaṃpadya pravedayate; kṣīṇā me jāti, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; sa tasmin samaye aśaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati aśaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; tasya cet bhṛśāny api cakṣurvijñeyāni rūpāṇi cakṣuṣa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tat cittaṃ bhavati, adhyātmam aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; ( SBV II 146 ) vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati; tasya ced bhṛśā api śrotavijñeyāḥ śabdāḥ ghrāṇavijñeyāḥ gandhāḥ jihvāvijñeyā rasāḥ kāyavijñeyāni spraṣṭavyāni manovijñeyā dharmāḥ manasa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvmukti paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tac cittaṃ bhavati; adhyātmam aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; ( A 476b ) vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati; tadyathā nagarasya vā nigamasya vā nātidūre mahāśailaḥ parvataḥ syāt, akhaṇḍaḥ acchidraḥ asuṣiraḥ susaṃvṛttaḥ ekaghanaḥ; tasya cet pūrvasyā diśo bhṛśo vāyuvega āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ paścimāyāṃ diśy upasaṃharet; saced dakṣiṇasyāḥ paścimāyāḥ uttarasyā diśo vāyuvegaḥ āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśy upasaṃharet; yatas tato vā bhṛśo vāyuvega āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ yatas tata upasaṃharet; evam eva tasya bhṛśāny api cakṣurvijñeyāni rūpāṇi cakṣuṣa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti; nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tac cittaṃ bhavati adhyātma aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati iti; idam avocad āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ; idam uktvā arhann athāparam etad uvāca sthaviraḥ
naiṣkramyādhimuktasya avyābadhyaṃ ca cetasaḥ /
prāvivekyādhimuktasya tṛṣṇākṣayaratasya ca //
upādānakṣayādhimuktasya asaṃmoṣaṃ ca cetasaḥ /
jñātvā āyatanotpādaṃ tataś cittaṃ vimucyate //
tato vimuktacittasya śāntacittasya tāyinaḥ /
kṛteṣu karaṇīyeṣu karaṇiyaṃ na vidyate // ( SBV II 147 )
yathāpi parvataḥ śailo vāyunā na prakampate /
evaṃ rūpāṇi śabdāś ca sparśā gandhā atho rasāḥ //
dharmā iṣṭā aniṣṭaś ca pravepanti tāyinaḥ /
sthitaṃ cittam aneyasya vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati // iti
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā śroṇena karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; suvarṇavarṇāni ca romāṇi pādatalayor jātāni; paṃcaśatikaś cāsya dine dine sthālipāka upasthāpyate; ita ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācid anāstīrṇe pṛthivīpradeśe pādo nyastaḥ; jātamātreṇa viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyaḥ avalehikāmūlyaṃ labdhāḥ; bhagavataś ca śāsane praviśya sarvakleśaprahāṇās arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam iti
bhagavān āha: śroṇenaiva bhikṣavaḥ koṭīviṃśena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; śroṇakoṭīviṃśena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tu ( A 477a ) upātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
The story of Vipaśyin
(concerning a previous birth of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ ekanavate kalpe vipaśyī nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa dvāṣaṣṭibhikṣusahasraparivāraḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran bandhumatīrājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ saṃbahulā goṣṭhikāḥ prativasanti; taiḥ śrutaṃ vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dvāṣaṣṭibhikṣusahasraparivāraḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran ihānuprāptaḥ iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ sarve saṃbhūya yena vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇān sambahulān goṣṭhikān vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya ( SBV II 148 ) samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha sambahulā goṣṭhikāḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya vipaśyinaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocan: adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃghena iti / adhivāsayati vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ saṃbahulānāṃ goṣṭhikānāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena
atha saṃbahulā goṣṭhikā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavato pādau śirasā vanditvā uttahāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; te saṃsthāgāre sannipatya sañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; katham asmābhir bhavanto bhagavān bhojayitavyaḥ kiṃ saṃbhūya āhosvid ekaikena iti; tatraike kathayati; yadi dine dine saṃbhūya bhojayitavyo 'sau asmākaṃ kṛṣikarmāntāḥ samucchetsyanti; tad yadi bhavatām abhirucitaṃ vāreṇa vāraṃ bhojayāmaḥ iti; te vāreṇa vāraṃ gaṇādhīnaṃ bhojayitum ārabdhāḥ; yathāvibhavataś cātmīyam asyānuprayacchanti; tatraiko brāhmaṇadārako daridraḥ; sa mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: amba goṣṭhikaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ, bhagavān vāreṇa vāraṃ bhojayitavyaḥ iti; tad ahaṃ tanuvibhavaḥ; kathaṃ mayā bhojayitavyaḥ iti; sā kathayati: putra yady evam apaścimaṃ divasaṃ gṛhāṇa; tvam iyatā kālena kiṃcit samudānayiṣyasi; gaṇasantakāc ca kiṃcid utsadanadharmakaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; tena paścimo divaso gṛhītaḥ; tatra gaṇasantakād utsadanadharmakaṃ prabhūtām saṃpannaṃ; tenāpi kiṃcit samudānītaṃ; tatas tena ( A 477b ) layanaṃ kāritaṃ; tad vastrair ācchāditaṃ; koṇeṣu paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni sthāpitāni; ṛkṣacarma cāsya saṃpannaṃ; tad api layanadvāre prajñaptaṃ; tataḥ paṃcaśatikaṃ pākaṃ sādhayitvā mahatā satkāreṇa vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddho bhojitaḥ; pādayoś ca praṇipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo jāyeya; mā kadācid anāstīrṇe pṛthivīpradeśe pādau sthāpayeyaṃ; yādṛśāni ca vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya suvarṇavarṇāni caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi pādatalayor jātāni, mamāpy evaṃvidhāni syuḥ; evaṃvidhānāṃ ca guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ; evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ; mā virāgayeyam iti ( SBV II 149 )
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau goṣṭhiko brāhmaṇadārakaḥ eṣa evāsau śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ, tasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; pādayoś cāsya suvarṇavarṇāni caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi jātāni; ita ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācid anāstīrne pṛthivīpradeśe pādau sthāpitau; jātamātrasya cāsya viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyo labdhāḥ; mama ca śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*
Rājagṛha's people begins tu murmur against Ajātaśatru and Devadatta
yadā ajātaśatruṇā devadattākalyāṇamitropagūḍhena rājño bimbisārasya kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ tadā rājagṛhanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ; tatra kecid rājñaḥ akarṇaṃ bhāṣante ayaṃ pituḥ śatrutve vyākṛtaḥ; kasmān na jātamātra eva praghātitaḥ iti; apare kathayanti: na bhavanto rājño 'parādhaḥ; kiṃ sarveṣāṃ vyākaraṇaṃ bhūtaṃ bhavati? vinīta evāyaṃ kumāraḥ; api tu devadattenāyam akalyāṇamitreṇa vipralabdhaḥ, yena evaṃkriyāsu pravartate iti; apare kathayanti; na bhavanto rājño doṣaḥ nāpi devadattasya; api tu bhagavata eva doṣaḥ; yena devadattaḥ pravrājitaḥ; no tu lokadhātvantaraṃ nītvā avasthāpitaḥ iti; apare kathayanti: bhagavato nāyam aparādhaḥ; api tu saṃghasya yenāsya utkṣepanīyaṃ karma na kṛtam iti; tatra yena rājñaḥ akarṇaṃ bhāṣyate tena ( SBV II 150 ) na rājā ārtīyate karmāṇy etāni mayā pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu kṛtāni upacitāni iti; yena tu bhagavataḥ saṃghasya ca akarṇaṃ bhāṣyate, tena rājā atyartham ārtīyate; madīyena durnītena loko bhagavataḥ saṃghasya ca akarṇaṃ bhāṣate iti
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta anyair aparāddham ( A 478a ) anye doṣeṇa lipyante iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anyair aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ
The story of Kūla and Upakūla
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta and Ajātaśatru)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya dvau kukkurau kūlaś ca upakūlaś ca; tābhyāṃ rājñaḥ aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikā khāditā; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājño brahmadattasya saṃgrāmaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ; tena amātyānām ājñā dattā; pratyavekṣata bhavantaḥ aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikām iti; te pratyavekṣitum ārabdhāḥ, paśyanti sarvāṃ chinnapracchinnāṃ; tai rājñe niveditaṃ: deva aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikā kukkureṇa bhakṣitā iti; rājā kathayati; bhavanto yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kukkurāḥ iti; tatra kecit praghātitāḥ; kecin niṣpalāyitāḥ; yāvad anyatamo jānapadaḥ kukkuraḥ janapadād vārāṇasīṃ gacchati; tena te niṣpalāyamānā dṛṣṭāḥ; pṛṣṭāś ca: bhavantaḥ kimartham evaṃ yūyaṃ santrastāḥ iti; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: kimarthaṃ rājā yuṣmābhir na vijñaptaḥ iti; te kathayanti: kaḥ śaknoti rājānaṃ vijñapayitum anya praghātitāḥ; vayaṃ kathaṃcit prapalāyitāḥ; sa kathayati: tiṣṭhatu yūyam; ahaṃ yuṣmākam arthe rājānaṃ vijñapayāmi iti; tena samāśvāsitāḥ pratinivṛttāḥ; tatas tena saṃpātavelāyāṃ śravaṇopavicāre sthitvā rājā gāthayā vijñaptaḥ
yau kukkurau rājakule nivāsinau
kūlopakūlau balavarṇayuktau / ( SBV II 151 )
tāv atra ghātyau vayam apraghātyāḥ
aghātyaghāto na hi deva yuktaḥ // iti
rājñā śrutaṃ; tena prabhātāyaṃ rajanyām amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto yenāhaṃ rātrau gāthayā vijñaptaḥ tasya samanveṣaṇaṃ kuruta iti; taiḥ rakṣiṇām ājñā dattā; samanveṣatat bhavantaḥ kena devo rātrau gāthayā vijñaptaḥ iti; taiḥ samākhyātaṃ jānapadena kukkureṇeti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ parīkṣāṃ kuruta kiṃ kūlopakūlābhyāṃ bhakṣitam āhosvit anyaiḥ kukkuraiḥ iti; amātyāḥ sannipatya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto devenaivājñā dattā kukkurāṇāṃ parīkṣāṃ kuruteti; tat katham eṣāṃ parīkṣā kartavyā iti; anye kathayanti: kim atra parīkṣitavyaṃ keśāṇḍukaṃ datvā chardāpayitavyau; atha kūlopakūlābhyāṃ carmakhaṇḍā udgīrṇāḥ; rājño niveditaṃ; rājñā parityaktau; pariśiṣṭānām abhayaṃ dattam
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yau kūlopakūlau etāv eva devadattājātaśatrū tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpi etābhyām aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; etarhy api etābhyām aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; punar api yathā devadattaḥ akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of a hunter and an ungrateful man
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājyaṃ kārayati; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ ( A 478b ) paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; sa tatra kāṣṭhaṃ paryeṣamāṇaḥ siṃhenābhidrutaḥ; niṣpalāyamānaḥ kūpe patitaḥ; so 'pi tadbhakṣaṇādhyavasāyas tatraiva patitaḥ; āśīviṣeṇa mūṣako 'bhidruto niṣpalāyate; mūṣakābhilāṣāt śyenakaḥ pradhāvitaḥ; yāvat sarve kūpe nipatitāḥ; tena sarva eva vyāpannāḥ; parasparam abhilaṣante vyāpādanāya; siṃhaḥ kathayati: bhavantaḥ sarve yūyaṃ mama gamyāḥ; api tu vayaṃ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptāḥ; niścalās tiṣṭhata; māyaṃ vyāpādanakālaḥ iti; yāvat daivān mṛgalubdhako mṛgān paryeṣamāṇas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; sa taṃ kūpaṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; ( SBV II 152 ) tatraivaṃ bhrāntair vāṅ niścāritā: bhoḥ puruṣa paritrāyasva iti; tatas tena mṛgalubdhakena jñātvā pūrvataraṃ siṃha uddhṛtaḥ; sa pādayor nipatya kathayati: kṛtajñas te bhaviṣyāmi; kiṃtu atrakṛṣṇaśiraskas tiṣṭhati; sa tvayā noddhartavyaḥ; kṛtaghnā hy eta bhavanti ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; yāvat tena mṛgalubdhakena sarve anupūrveṇa uddhṛtāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhena mṛgo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; sa ca mṛgalubdhakas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; siṃhena taṃ parijñāya sa mṛgaḥ pādayor nipatya dattaḥ; apareṇa samayena rājā brahmadattaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ sārdham antaḥpureṇa; sa tatrodyāne sukham anubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; antaḥpurajano viśvastavihārī udyāne caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati middham avakrāmati; vastrāṇi śodhayati; alaṃkārāṇy apanīya pārśve sthāpayati; yāvad anyatamā antaḥpurikā alaṃkāram avamucya pārśve sthāpayitvā middham avakrāntā; tat śyenakenāpahṛtya tasmai lubdhakāya kṛtajñatayā dattaṃ; rājā brahmadatto nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya laghu laghv eva vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapado 'pi atitvareṇa gataḥ; yāvad asāv antaḥpurikā alaṃkāraṃ samanveṣati; na paśyati; tayā rājñe niveditaṃ: deva udyāne me alaṃkāraḥ apahṛtaḥ iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavantaḥ alaṃkārāḥ udyāne apahṛtaḥ; samanveṣata kena gṛhītaḥ iti; te samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; sa kṛṣṇaśiraskaḥ tasya mṛgalubdhakasya kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmati; tena tasya gṛham upasaṃkrāmatā upāṃśunā vijñātam asyālaṃkāro 'stīti; tena kṛtaghnatayā rājño gatvā ārocitaṃ; tato rājñā paramakopakupitena mṛgalubdhako rājapuruṣair āhvāyya uktaḥ: bhoḥ puruṣa tvayā udyānād alaṃkāro 'pahṛtaḥ iti; tatas tena santrastena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyāya asāv alaṃkāro rājñe samarpitaḥ; tathāpy asau puruṣaḥ cārake badhvā sthāpitaḥ; mūṣakena gatvā āśīviṣāya niveditaṃ: tena kṛṣṇaśiraskena pāpakāriṇā asmākaṃ kalyāṇamitro rājñā cārake badhvā sthāpitaḥ iti; āśīviṣaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ lubdhaka ahaṃ rājānaṃ ( A 480a ) daśāmi; tvayā ebhir mantrapadair ebhiś ca oṣadhaiḥ cikitsitavyaḥ; evaṃ sa rājā abhiprasanno niyataṃ tvāṃ muñcati; bhogasaṃvibhāgaṃ ca karoti iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ kuru; āśīviṣeṇa rājā daṣṭaḥ; lubdhakena gatvā mantraiś cauṣadhaiś ca cikitsitaḥ; tato rājñā parituṣṭena bandhanān muktaḥ; bhogaiś ca saṃvibhaktaḥ ( SBV II 153 )
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau lubdhakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnapuruṣaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; punar api yathā akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of Nanda, the Mungoose
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo saptāha akālameghaḥ samupāgataḥ; deve varṣati nakula āśramaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; mūṣiko 'pi tatraiva praviṣṭaḥ, āśīviṣo 'pi varṣabhayāt paribhraman tatraiva praviṣṭaḥ; yāvad asau nakulas taṃ mūṣikam abhidravitum ārabdhaḥ; āśīviṣaḥ kathayati: bhavanto vayaṃ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ; parasparam avyābādhāṃ kuruta; niścalās tiṣṭhata iti; tatrāśīviṣasya saṃjñākaraṇaṃ priyasena iti; nakulasya nāma nanda iti; mūṣikasya gaṅgadatta iti; iti; priyasena nandena ca gaṅgadatta uktaḥ; anālakṣya gaccha; asmākam āhāraṃ paryeṣaya iti; sa ṛjuko bhadrāśayaḥ; tayor arthāya āśayena āhāraṃ paryeṣitum ārabdhaḥ; na labhate; nandaḥ priyasenasya kathayati; yadi gaṅgadattaḥ āhāraṃ vinā āgacchati, mayā sa eva bhakṣayitavya iti; priyasenaḥ saṃlakṣayati kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāpto 'py eṣas tasya badhāya parākramati; prāg eva yady asau vinā āhāreṇa āgacchati; sarvathā tasya sandeṣṭavyam iti; tena tasya sandiṣṭaṃ; nanda evaṃ kathayati: yadi gaṅgadattaḥ vinā āhāreṇāgacchati sa eva mayā bhakṣayitavya iti; gaṅgadattena āhāraṃ paryeṣamāṇena na kiṃcid āsāditaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati niyatam asau māṃ bhakṣayati: iti; tena priyasenasya sandiṣṭam
kṣīṇā narā niṣkaruṇā bhavanti
ārtāḥ kṣudhāvedhapariśrameṇa /
vācyas tvayā eṣa kṛtaghnasatvo
na gaṅgadattaḥ punar āgamiṣyati // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gaṅgadattaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau nandanāmā nakulaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī ( SBV II 154 )
uddānam:
bhuṅkṣva likhir naṭaḥ kākaḥ cakraḥ kumbhīracandanam /
kāyaḥ kavir maṇir vaṇṭaḥ kanyātha dhanapālakaḥ //
King Bimbisāra makes exceeding grants to Ajātaśatru
yadā ajātaśatruṇā rājño bimbisārasya kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ tadā rājñā upālabdhaḥ: kumāra kimarthaṃ tvayā mama kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ sa kathayati: deva roṣāt; devasya bhogāḥ saṃvidyante; mama na ( A 480b ) saṃvidyante; rājā kathayati: putra yady evaṃ gaccha campā sādhāraṇā tava bhavatu iti; sa hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudito devadattasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati: ārya mayā campā sādhāraṇā labdhā iti; sa kathayati: kumāra dṛṣṭaṃ te parākramasya phalam ārya dṛṣṭaṃ; bhūyaḥ parākramasva; ativṛddhis te bhaviṣyati iti; sa campāyāṃ prakarapratyayaiḥ pīḍayitum ārabdhaḥ; pīḍyamāno mahājanakāyaḥ niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; kecid rājagṛhaṃ gatāḥ; kecid deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ; amātyai rājño dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ: deva kumāraś campāṃ pīḍayati; janaḥ pīḍyamāno niṣpalāyate; tad arhati devaḥ kumārasya nivāraṇaṃ kartum iti; rājā kathayati: kumāra kasmāj janapadān pīḍayasi iti; sa kathayati: deva sādhanaṃ na puṣyati iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ rājagṛham ekaṃ tyaktvā magadhaviṣayaṃ gṛhāṇa iti; magadhaviṣayaṃ gṛhītvā devadattasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati: ārya mayā ( SBV II 155 ) rājagṛham ekaṃ muktvā sarvo magadhaviṣayo labdhaḥ iti; sa kathayati: īdṛśaṃ parākramasya phalaṃ; bhūyaḥ parākramasva iti; sa magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayitum ārabdhaḥ; magadhaviṣayanivāsinā janakāyena rājā bimbisāro vijñaptaḥ; deva kumāro magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayati; nivartyatām iti; sa rājñā āhūyoktaḥ kumāra kimarthaṃ magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayasi iti; sa kathayati deva prabhūto janakāyo na puṣyati iti; rājā kathayati; kumāra yady evaṃ kośam ekaṃ muktvā sarvaṃ tavaiva bhavatu iti; sa rājagṛham api gṛhītvā devadattasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ kathayati: ārya mayā kośam ekaṃ muktvā, sarvabhogā labdhāḥ iti; sa kathayati parākramaphalam etat; api tu kośabalino hi rājānaḥ; yasya kośaḥ sa rājā; kośārthaṃ parākramasva iti; sa rājagṛham api nāśayitum ārabdhaḥ; rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ anyaś ca magadhanivāsī campeyaś ca sarva eva santrastāḥ yathā ajātaśatrur na paśyati tathā dūtasaṃpreṣaṇena rājānaṃ vijñapayitum ārabdhāḥ: devena vayaṃ putravat paripālitāḥ; kumāreṇātyantaṃ niḥsvīkṛtāḥ; prāyo devasya janapadā niṣpalāyitāḥ; vayam api niṣpalāyāmaḥ iti; dharmapradhānaḥ sa rājā; karuṇātmakaś ca; tena samutpannamanyunā ajātaśatrur āhūya priyamadhuravaconukūlatayā śiras parāmṛśyoktaḥ: putra mayā tava sarvajanapadā dattāḥ; kimartham udvejayasi? pratipālaya iti; sa kathayati: deva kośabalino rājānaḥ; mama kośabalaṃ nāsti; kiṃ karomi iti; a kathayati: yady evam antaḥpuram ekaṃ muktvā sarvaṃ tavaiva bhavatu iti; tathāpy asau duṣṭaprakṛtiḥ pāpasahāyaś ca nāśayaty eva, nāvatiṣṭhate; rājñā sopālambham uktaḥ: sakośakoṣṭhāgārajanapadās tavaiva dattāḥ; idānīṃ kimarthaṃ nāśayasi iti
Ajātaśatru casts his father in prison, there to die of hunger

sa evam ukte ruṣitaḥ amātyānāṃ kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ paribhāṣate, tasya ko daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; sa kathayati: pitā mama; katham enaṃ praghātayāmi? gacchata; cārakāvabaddham enaṃ sthāpayata iti; sa cārake prakṣiptaḥ; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; tadviṣayanivāsī ca janakāyaḥ śrutvā ( SBV II 156 ) durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; ajātaśatruś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ iti nāsya kaścit parivādaṃ mantrayati; rājā ( A 481a ) bimbisāraś cārake karmaparāyaṇo 'vatiṣṭhate; tasya ca vaidehī sthālīpākaṃ praveśayati: ajātaśatruś cārakapuruṣān pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ kathaṃ vṛddharājā yāpayati? iti; te kathayanti: deva jananī te sthālīpākaṃ praveśayati iti; ajātaśatruṇā ājñā dattā: dhārayata bhaktaṃ pānaṃ ca yathā na bhūyaḥ praveśayati iti; antaḥpure cājñā dattā na kenacic cārake bhaktaṃ pānaṃ praveśayitavyaṃ; yaḥ praveśayati tasya vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; tasya raudrakarmatāṃ jñātvā na kaścid bhaktaṃ sādhayati; kuta eva praveśayiṣyati; tato vaidehī bhartṛsnehoparuddhyamānahṛdayā saktukalkena gātrāṇi mrakṣayitvā nūpurāṇi ca pānīyasya pūrayitvā praveśayitum ārabdhā; tenāsau yāpayati; cārakapuruṣaiḥ so 'py upāyo vijñātaḥ; kiṃtu anurāgāt tasya rājñaḥ ajātaśatror na nivedayanti; bhūyaḥ ajātaśatruś cārakapuruṣān pṛcchati: bhavanto vṛddharājā kathaṃ yāpayati? iti; tair istareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: bhavanto vaidehīṃ dhārayata, yathā na bhūyaḥ praviśati iti; tato bhagavān tatkuśalamūlāvaropaṇārthaṃ gṛddhrakūṭaparvate vātāyanābhimukhaṃ caṃkramitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā bimbisāraḥ vātāyanena bhagavantam avalokya prāmodyam utpādayati yena prāṇair na viyujyate; ājātaśatruḥ ca bhūyaś cārakapuruṣān pṛccchati bhavantaḥ annapānaṃ vidhāritaṃ; idānīṃ vṛddharājaḥ kathaṃ yāpayati iti; te kathayanti: bhagavāṃs tasyānugrahārthaṃ gṛddhrakūṭe parvate caṃkramyate; tam asau sthitaḥ pratidinaṃ parīkṣate iti; sa kathayati vātāyanānāni pithayantu; tasya ca pādau kṣureṇa nirlikhata iti; tair vātāyanānāni pihitāni; tasya ca pādau ksureṇa nirlikhitau; sa duḥkhavedanārto bāṣpoparuddhyamānagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaś cintayati: na māṃ bhagavān kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaṃ samanvāharati iti
The Buddha sends Maudgalyāyana to visit and comfort the old king
atrāntare nāsti kiṃcit buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ mahākāruṇikānāṃ lokānugrahapravṛttānām ekārakṣāṇāṃ ( SBV II 157 ) śamathavipaśyanāvihāriṇāṃ tridamathavastukuśalānāṃ caturoghottīrṇānāṃ caturṛddhipādacaraṇatalasupratiṣṭhitamatīnāṃ caturṣu saṃgrahavastuṣu dīrgharātrakṛtaparicayānāṃ pañcāṅgaviprahīnānāṃ pañcagatisamatikrāntānāṃ ṣaḍaṅgasamanvāgatānāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāparipūrṇānāṃ saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyānām aṣṭāṅgamārgadeśikānāṃ navānupūrvavihārasamāpattikuśalānāṃ daśabalināṃ daśadiksamāpūrṇayaśasāṃ daśaśatavaśavartiprativiśiṣṭānāṃ trī rātres trir divasasya buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: ko hīyate ko vardhate kaḥ kṛcchraprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃkataprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃbādhaprāptaḥ kaḥ kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ ko 'pāyanimnaḥ ko 'pāyapravaṇaḥ ko 'pāyaprāgbhāraḥ kam aham apāyād uddhṛtya svarge mokṣe ca pratiṣṭhāpayeyaṃ; kasya anavaropitāni kuśalamulāni avaropayeyaṃ? kasyāvaropitāni paripācayeyaṃ? kasya pakvāni vimocayeyam iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: gaccha maudgalyāyana; rājānaṃ bimbisāraṃ madvacanād ārogya; evaṃ sa vada: bhagavān kathayati: yat kalyāṇamitreṇa karaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ tat te mayā; uddhṛtas te narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; api tu tvayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; tvayaiva karmāṇi kṛtāny ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na mahārāja karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja karmaparāyaṇena bhavitavyam iti; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya ( A 481b ) tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte gṛddhrakūṭe ( SBV II 158 ) antarhitaś cārake pratyaṣṭhāt, rājño bimbisārasya purastāt; evaṃ cāha: mahārāja bhagavāṃs te ārogayati; vande bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavantaṃ ca; bhagavān mahārāja evam āha: yat kalyāṇamitreṇa karaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ tat te mayā; uddhṛtas te narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; api tu tvayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; tvayā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na mahārāja karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja karmaparāyaṇena bhavitavyam iti; sā cārakāvaruddhaḥ kṣurapādābhilikhanānnapānaviyogaduḥkhair abhyāhataḥ kathayati: kutra bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana praṇīta āhāro bhujyate iti; sa kathayati: mahārāja cāturmahārājakāyikeṣu deveṣu ity uktvā ayuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte cārake antarhito gṛddhrakūṭaparvate pratyaṣṭhāt
The tardy repentance of Ajātaśatru and the death of Bimbisāra
ajātaśatroḥ putrasya udayabhadrasya aṅgulyāṃ piṭako jātaḥ, sa rudann ajātaśatroḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tam aṅke sthāpayitvā āliṅgati cumbati pariṣvajati; tathāpy asau rudaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; ajātaśatruṇā tatsantikā aṅguliḥ mukhe prakṣiptā; sphoṭako mukhe sphuṭitaḥ; ajātaśatruṇā pūyaśoṇitaṃ pṛthivyāṃ choritam; udāyibhadraḥ kumāraḥ pūyaśoṇitaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhūyasā roditum ārabdhaḥ iti; vaidehyā vipuṣpitaṃ dṛṣṭvā ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: amba kim idam iti; sā kathayati: putra yuṣmākam eṣa pitṛparyāgatavyādhiḥ tavāpyāsīt; tava tu pitrā aṅgulyāṃ mukhe prakṣiptāvāṃ sphoṭakaḥ sphuṭitaḥ; mā tvaṃ rodiṣyasīti pūyaśoṇitam abhyavahṛtaṃ; na pṛthivyāṃ choritaṃ; sa kathayati: amba īdṛśo 'haṃ pituḥ priya ( SBV II 159 ) āsaṃ sā kathayati: īdṛśaḥ; tataḥ ajātaśatroḥ pitur antike dveṣaparyavasthānaṃ vigatam; anunaya utpannaḥ; tenāmātyā uktāḥ: bhavanto yo mama kathayati vṛddharājo jīvatīti, tasyāham upārdharājyaṃ dadāmi iti; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; mahājanakāyaś cārakābhimukho dhāvitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā śabdaṃ śrutvā saṃlakṣayati: idānīṃ kām api pratyavarāṃ kāraṇāṃ kariṣyati; iti santrasto dīrghaṃ niśvasya kālagataḥ; vaiśravaṇasya mahārājasya putratvam abhyupagataḥ; aṅke niṣaṇṇo divyāṃ sudhāṃ paribhuṅkte; vaiśravaṇaḥ kathayati; kas tvam iti; sa kathayati: jinarṣabho 'smi mahārājeti; tasya jinarṣabho jinarṣabha iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta rājñā bimbisāreṇa karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge rājakule jātaḥ; bhagavato 'ntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtaṃ; kṣureṇa pādau nirlikhitau; cārakāvabaddhaś ca kṣutpipāsābhibhūtaḥ kālagataḥ iti; bhagavān āha: bimbisāreṇaiva bhikṣavo rājñā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; bimbisāreṇa karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
The story of a potter
(concerning a previous birth of King Bimbisāra)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caran ( A 482a ) vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; vārāṇasyām anyatamasya kumbhakārasya āveśanaśālāyāṃ rātriṃvāsam upagataḥ; sārthaś ca tasyām ( SBV II 160 ) eva śālāyām uṣitaḥ; tatraikena uccāraḥ kṛtaḥ; sārthaḥsarātram evotthāya prakrāntaḥ; asamanvāhṛtyārhatāṃ pratyekabuddhānām eva jñānadarśanaṃ na pravartate; pratyekabuddhas tatraivāvasthitaḥ; ihaiva piṇḍapātam aṭiṣyāmi iti; yāvat kumbhakāraḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām āveśanaśālāyāṃ praviṣṭaḥ; paśyati aśucinā nāśitā; aparīkṣakā bhavanti prākṛtapuruṣāḥ; tena pratyekabuddhasyāntike cittaṃ pradūṣitaṃ; sa praduṣṭacittaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita kiṃ tava pādau kṣureṇa likhitau? yena tvayā āveśanaśālāyām uccāraḥ kṛtaḥ; na bahir nirgataḥ iti; tenāsau dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpitaḥ ihaiva jighatsaya kālaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa mahātmā saṃlakṣayati: kṣato 'yaṃ tapasvī; yady ahaṃ dvāram avamucya gamiṣyāmi bhūyasyā mātrayā kṣato bhaviṣyati iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; yāvat kumbhakārasya bhojanavelā āsannā; tasya dveṣaparyavasthānaṃ vigataṃ; sa kathayati bhoḥ pravrajita āgaccha; bhuñjmahe; pratyekabuddhaḥ kathayati: bhadramukha kālabhojino vayam; atikrāntaḥ kālaḥ iti; sa kathayati: yady evam ihaiva śvo bhuktvā gamiṣyasi iti; tena tasyānukampārtham adhivāsitaṃ; sa tenāparasmin divase praṇītenānnāhāreṇa santarpitaḥ; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; sa upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprāṭihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; āśu pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati; avatara mahādakṣiṇīya; mama kāmapaṅkanimagnasya hastoddhāram anuprayaccha iti; so 'vatīrṇaḥ; tena tasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye apakāraḥ kṛtaḥ, mā asya karmaṇo bhāgī syāṃ; yat tu kāraḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyeya; evaṃvidhānāṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syāṃ; prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kumbhakāraḥ eṣa eva sa rājā bimbisāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yat pratyekabuddhasyāntike cittaṃ pradūṣya kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena pādau nirlikhitau; cārakāvabaddhaś ca jighatsayā kālagataḥ; yat tu tena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ, tasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; mamāntike viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ ( SBV II 161 ) jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*
The distress of Ajātaśatru at the death of King Bimbisāra, the arrival of a dancer from the south, and the extraordinary effects of Buddha's smile
amātyair ajātaśatror ārocitaṃ deva vṛddharājaḥ kālagataḥ iti; sa śrutvā mūrcchitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatitaḥ; jalapariṣekapratyāgataprāṇaḥ śokāgāraṃ praviśyāvasthitaḥ; tasya na kaścit śaknoti cittavinodanaṃ kartuṃ; amātyās tasya cittavinodopāyaṃ ( A 482b ) samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathāt naṭaḥ abhyāgataḥ; so 'mātyais tasya purastān nartitaḥ; ajātaśatrur durmanā eveti na kenacit sādhur ity uktaḥ; sa naṭitvā nirgacchati; bhagavāṃś ca taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena bhagavān dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi tatraivaṃvidhaḥ sādhupuruṣaḥ syād anena mama sādhukāraḥ dattaḥ syād iti; tena bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya muravaḥ parāhataḥ; atha bhagavān smitam akārṣīt
dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti
yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahava huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; ( SBV II 162 ) nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti
yā upariṣṭād gacchanti tāś cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān yāmān tuṣitān nirmāṇaratīn paranirmitavaśavartinaḥ brahmakāyikān brahmapurohitān mahābrahmaṇaḥ parīttābhān apramāṇābhān ābhāsvarān parīttaśubhān apramāṇaśubhān śubhakṛtsnān anabhrakān puṇyaprasavān bṛhatphalān abṛhān atapān sudṛśān sudarśanān akaniṣṭhān devān gatvā anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ śūnyam anātmā ity udghoṣayanti; gāthādvayaṃ ca bhāṣante
ārabhadhvaṃ niṣkrāmata yujyadhvaṃ buddhaśāsane /
dhunīta mṛtyunaḥ sainyaṃ naḍāgāram iva kuñjaraḥ //
yo hy asmin dharmavinaye apramattaś cariṣyati /
prahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyati // iti
atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante
atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ ( A 483a ) triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha
nānāvidho raṅgasahasracitro
vaktrāntarān niṣkasitaḥ kalāpaḥ / ( SBV II 163 )
avabhāsitā yena diśaḥ samantāt
divākareṇodayatā yathaiva //
gāthāś ca bhāṣate
vigatodbhavā dainyamadaprahīṇā
buddhā jagaty uttamahetubhūtāḥ /
nākāraṇaṃ śaṅkhamṛṇālagauram
smitam upadarśayanti jinā jitārayaḥ //
tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā
śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām /
dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir
utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /
nākāsmāl lavaṇajalādrirājadhairyāḥ

saṃbuddhāḥ smitam upadarśayanti nāthāḥ /
yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ // iti
dṛṣṭas tvayā ānanda sa naṭo yena mamāntike cittaṃ prasādya muravaḥ parāhataḥ dṛṣṭo bhadanta; sa eṣa ānanda naṭaḥ anena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena ca dundubhīśvaro nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asya deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ
Devadatta has himself gilt by gold
devadatta ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: mayā tvaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; mām api tvaṃ buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpaya iti; sa kathayati: bhagavataḥ suvarṇavarṇaḥ kāyaḥ; ādau tāvat tava suvarṇavarṇataiva nāsti iti; sa kathayati: ahaṃ suvarṇavarṇam abhinirvartayāmi iti; tena suvarṇakāra āhūyoktaḥ: mama kāye suvarṇaṃ cāraya iti; sa kathayati: ārya yadi śaknoṣi vedanāṃ soḍhum iti; sa kathayati: cāraya; śakṣyāmi iti; tena cuñcutailena gātraṃ mrakṣayitvā kāye suvarṇapatraṃ cāritaṃ; sa duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayati; bhikṣubhiḥ kokālikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutra devadatta ( SBV II 164 ) sa kathayati: amuṣmin pradeśe suvarṇavarṇatām abhinirvartayati iti; bhikṣavas taṃ pradeśaṃ gatāḥ; tair asau śruto duḥkhavedanārto vikrośan; te bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatta suvarṇavarṇatāyā arte duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa suvarṇakholāyā arthe anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ
The story of a crow and a golden cap (suvarṇakholā)
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryām anyatamā strī proṣitabhatṛkā; tasyāḥ purastāt kāko madhuramadhuraṃ rauti; sā kathayati: utkrāmotkrāma vāyasa; yadi me bhartā svastinā kṣemeṇa āgacchati, tava sauvarṇāṃ kholāṃ dadāmi iti; yāvad asau tasyā bhartā svastinā āgataḥ; sa kākas tasyāḥ purastāt suvarṇakholānimittaṃ madhuramadhuraṃ virauti; tatas tayā tasya sauvarṇā kholā dattā; sa tayā pinaddhayā itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramati; tasya suvarṇakholānimittam alikena pakṣinā śiraś chinnaṃ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
bhavaty artho 'py anarthāya yo 'narthapadasaṃhitaḥ /
kelikākena paryeṣṭo yasya sauvarṇakaṃ śiraḥ //
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau bhikṣavaḥ kākaḥ eṣa eva devadattaḥ tena ( A 483b ) kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa suvarṇakholāhetor anayena vyasannam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa suvarṇavarṇatāyā ārthāya duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti
Devadatta has in his feet the sign of the wheel imprinted with red hot iron
punar api devadattaḥ ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: tvaṃ mayā rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tvam api māṃ buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpaya iti; sa kathayati ( SBV II 165 ) bhagavataḥ cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatā lakṣanam asti; tava tu cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatā nāsti iti; ahaṃ cakrāṅkapādatalacihnam abhinirvartayāmi iti; tena ayaskārā āhūya uktāḥ: śakṣyatha mama pādatale cakrāṅkaṃ kartum iti; te kathayanti: ārya yadi śaknoṣi vedanāṃ soḍhum iti; sa kathayati kuruta śakṣyāmi iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: balavān eṣaḥ; yady evam evāṅkyāmaḥ, sthānam etad vidyate yat pārṣṇiprahāreṇa asmān jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyati; iti taiḥ kanthāṃ chidrayitvā uktaḥ: ārya anena kanthāchidreṇa pādau praveśaya iti; tena kanthāchidreṇa pādau praveśitau; ayaskārair agnivarṇaṃ cakraṃ kṛtvā pādāv aṅkitau; sa duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate; bhikṣubhiḥ kokālikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutra devadatta sa kathayati: amuṣmin pradeśe cakrāṅkapādacihnatām abhinirvartayati iti; bhikṣavas taṃ pradeśaṃ gatāḥ; tair asau śruto duḥkhavedanārto vikrośan; te bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatta cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatāyā arthe duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa pādanimittam anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ
The jackal measuring the step of an elephant with its own
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo haimavato hastī pānīyaṃ pātum avatīrṇaḥ; tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ sṛgālo 'vatīrṇaḥ; sa hastipadaṃ dṛṣṭvā ātmīyena padena māpayitum ārabdhaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: mamaitāni padāni iti; sa utplutyotplutya padāni sthāpayan kalamacchinnena kāṣṭhena śūlāyāṃ protaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
na padaṃ tava muḍha tulyakaṃ
gajapādapadena sarvathā /
tyaja buddhim imāṃ nirarthikāṃ
parikhedam āpsyase vṛthā // iti ( SBV II 166 )
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa pādanimittam anayena vyasannam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatāyā arthe duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti
Devadatta calls a skilled master-mechanic and makes him construct a catapult in front of the Buddha's residence

buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati gṛdhrakūṭe parvate kumbhīrayakṣasya bhavane; bhūyo devadattaḥ ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: mayā tvaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tvayāhaṃ na śakto buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpayitum? idānīm ahaṃ śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayāmi; na tvayā samanveṣṭavyaṃ kena praghātitaḥ kutra praghātitaḥ iti; sa kathayati: evam astu iti; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathād yantrakalācāryaḥ abhyāgataḥ; sa devadattena ( A 484a ) āhūyoktaḥ: bhoḥ ācārya śakṣyasi tvam īdṛśaṃ yantraṃ kartuṃ yaḥ paṃcabhiḥ puruṣaśataiḥ āmreḍyate? iti; sa kathayati: ārya śakṣyāmi iti; tena tasya śatasahasro muktāhāro dattaḥ; manuṣyasahasraṃ ca dattam; uktaś ca; yatra sthāne bhagavāṃs tiṣṭhati, tanmukhaṃ gṛdhrakūṭasyopari yantraṃ sajjīkuru iti; tatra paṃca manuṣyaśatāni sthāpitāni, ye tad yantram āmreḍayanti; aparasmin sthāne ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni sthāpitāni, uktāni ca; yadi śramaṇo gautamo yantreṇa na praghātyate, yuṣmābhiḥ praghātayitavyaḥ iti; aparasminn api sthāne tadarthena ardhatṛtīyāni manuṣyaśatāni; sarve ca samādiṣṭāḥ: yeṣāṃ yuṣmākaṃ śramaṇo gautamo bhāgaprāpto bhavati, taiḥ praghātayitavyaḥ iti; ātmanā cāparasmin pradeśe sthitaḥ; eṣāṃ paribhraṣṭo mayā praghātayitavyaḥ iti; yāvat tāni paṃca puruṣaśatāni yantram āmreḍayitum ārabdhāni; saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti: kasyārthe yantram āmreḍyate iti
The workmen refuse to kill the Buddha, go away, sit down at his feet, and are convertef by him
yāvat paśyanti adhastād buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ; te kathayanti: bhavanto varaṃ ( SBV II 167 ) svajīvitaparityāgaḥ, na tu devamanuṣyapūjitasya buddhasya bhagavataḥ prāṇaghātaḥ; parityajata yantram iti; te yantraṃ parityajya gṛdhrakūṭe itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramanti, katareṇa sthānena yantram avatārayāmaḥ, yatra devadatto na paśyed iti; teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhagavatā sopānaṃ nirmitaṃ; teṣāṃ sopānaṃ dṛṣṭvā etad abhavat: bhavantaḥ kuto 'tra sopānaḥ? bhagavata eṣo 'nubhāvaḥ iti; bhūyasyā mātrayā cittam abhiprasādya sopānena avatīrya, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; bhagavān api tadvinayanāpekṣayaiva gṛdhrakūṭe parvate caṅkramyamāṇo 'vasthitaḥ; tatas te bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā purastān niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya: bhagavatā teṣām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñatvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā tair viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; te dṛṣṭasatyās trir udānam udānayanti: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā; na rājñā neṣṭena svakanabandhuvargeṇa na pūrvapretair, na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ, yat bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtaṃ; uddhṛto narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargadvārāṇi; anādikālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhadanta, abhikrāntāḥ; ete vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ śraṇaṃ gacchāmaḥ, dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; upāsakāṃ ca asmān bhagavān dhārayatu adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetān, śaraṇāgatān, abhiprasannān; ity uktvā bhagavato 'ntikāt paṃca śikṣāpadāni grahitum ārabdhāḥ
Devadatta perceives that the workmen and the mechanic too ran away, and manages himself to hurl a stone from the catapult at the Buddha
yantrakalācāryo 'pi ( A 484b ) buddhaṃ bhagavantam ayaṃ praghātayatīti viditvā, teṣām anupadam eva sopānād avatīrya, śatasahasraṃ muktāhāraṃ gṛhītvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; devadatto 'pi śilāpatanatatparo muhurmuhur nirīkṣate; na patatīti kṛtvā svayam eva tāny anyāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāny ādāya gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam ( SBV II 168 ) abhiroḍhum ārabdhaḥ; paśyati tāni bhagavato 'ntikād dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti; dṛṣṭvā ca bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃjātāmarṣo 'nyatomukho gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam abhirūḍhaḥ; yāvat paśyati yantrakalācāryo 'pi niṣpalāyitaḥ; svayam eva paṃcaśataparivāro yantram āmreḍayitum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: mayaiva etāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; mayaiva etāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? iti viditvā tāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāni idam avocat: bhavanto devadattas tīvraparyavasthānāvasthito gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam abhirūḍhāḥ; gacchata; mamaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāni iti; tatas tāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāni niṣpalāyitāni; devatānām adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
The yakṣa Kumbhīra sacrifices his life in trying to arrest the stone, but a fragment strikes the Buddha on the foot
atha vajrapāṇer yakṣasyaitad abhavat: devadatto bhagavato vadhāya parākramati iti viditvā yena kumbhīrayakṣas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kumbhīraṃ yakṣam idam avocat: devadatto gṛdhrakūṭād yantreṇa bhagavataḥ śilāṃ kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; tava ca bhavane bhagavān viharati; tad ahaṃ yatnam āsthāya antarīkṣe etāṃ śilāṃ vajreṇa cūrṇayāmi; tvayāpi sāhāyye vartitavyaṃ; kadācic cūrṇitāyāḥ khaṇḍaḥ bhagavata upariṣṭān nipated ti; sa kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu iti; bhagavān abhyavakāśe sthitvā parvatavivare praviṣṭaḥ; devadattena paṃcaśataparivāreṇa yantram āmreḍya bhagavataḥ śilā kṣiptā; vajrapāṇinā yakṣeṇa cūrṇitā; ardhaṃ bhagavataḥ sthāne patitukāmaṃ kumbhīrayakṣeṇa gṛhṇatā na sugṛhītaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa tena praghātitaḥ; bhagavatā utplutya pāṣāṇaśarkarayā pādaḥ kṣataḥ kṛtaḥ; bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate
naivāntarīkṣe na samudramadhye
na parvatānāṃ vivaraṃ praviśya /
na vidyate 'sau pṛthivīpradeśo
yatra sthitau na prasaheta karma // iti
kumbhīro 'pi yakṣaḥ kuśalacittaḥ kālagataḥ; kālaṃ kṛtvā praṇīteṣu trayastriṃśeṣu deveṣu upapannaḥ; dharmatā khalu devaputrasya vā devakanyāyā vā aciropapannasya trīṇi cittāny utpadyante: kutaś cyutaḥ kutropapannaḥ kena karmaṇā iti sa paśyati: yakṣebhyaś cyutaḥ, praṇīteṣu trayastriṃśeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ bhagavato ( SBV II 169 ) 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya iti; atha yakṣapūrviṇo devaputrasya etad abhavan na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ paryuṣitaparivāso bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyaṃ ( A 485a ) yan nv aham aparyuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam iti

atha sa yakṣapūrvī devaputraś calavimalakuṇḍaladharo hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātras tām eva rātriṃ divyānām utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamāndārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā sarvaṃ gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya bhagavataṃ puṣpair avakīrya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya; tato bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā yakṣapūrviṇā devaputreṇa viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatyas trir udānam udānayati: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā kṛtaṃ; neṣṭena svajanabandhuvargeṇa; na rājñā na devatābhir na pūrvapretair na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ yad bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtam; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṃghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ smo devamanuṣyeṣu āha ca
tavānubhāvāt pihitas sughoro
hy apāyamārgo bahudoṣayuktaḥ /

apāvṛtā svargagatiḥ supuṇyā
nirvāṇamārgaś ca mayopalabdhaḥ //
tvadāśrayāc cāptam apetadoṣaṃ
mayādya śuddhaṃ suviśuddhacakṣuḥ /
prāptaṃ ca śāntaṃ padam āryakāntaṃ
tīrṇaś ca duḥkhārṇavapāram asmi //
jagati daityanarāmarapūjitaṃ
vigatajanmajarāmaraṇāmayaṃ /
bhavasahasrasudurlabhadarśanaṃ
saphalam adya mune tava darśanam* //
avalambya tataḥ pralambahāraḥ
caraṇau dvāv abhivandya jātaharṣaḥ /
parigamya ca dakṣiṇaṃ jitāriṃ
suralokābhimukho divaṃ jagāma // ( SBV II 170 )
atha yakṣapūrvī devaputro vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ saṃpannasasya iva kārṣakaḥ śūra iva vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo yayā vibhūtyā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ tayaiva vibhūtyā svabhavanaṃ gataḥ
bhikṣavaḥ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tair dṛṣṭo bhagavato 'ntike udāro 'vabhāsaḥ; yaṃ dṛṣṭvā sandigdhāḥ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhagavan imāṃ rātriṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ śakro devendraḥ catvāro lokapālā upasaṃkrāntāḥ bhagavān āha: na bhikṣavo brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ na śakro devānām indraḥ nāpi catvāro lokapālā mām darśanāyopasaṃkrāntāḥ; api tu devadattena madvadhāyodyuktena yā gṛddhrakūṭaparvatād yantreṇa śilā kṣiptā sā antarīkṣe eva vajrapāṇinā vajreṇa cūrṇitā; tasyā ardhaṃ mamopari patamānaṃ kumbhīrayakṣeṇa durgṛhītaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa tena praghātito mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ; praṇīteṣu deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu ( A 485b ) upapannaḥ; sa imāṃ rātriṃ matsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; tasya mayā dharmo deśitaḥ; sa dṛṣṭisatyaḥ svabhavanaṃ gataḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta kumbhīreṇa yakṣeṇa bhagavataḥ arthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ
The story of a hunter
(concerning a previous birth of yakṣa Kumbhīra)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ nātidūre anyatarasminn āśramapade mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne nānāvihaganikūjite ṛṣiḥ prativasati; kaṣṭatapāḥ phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasya cāśramapadasya sāmantakena mṛgalubdhako mṛgān praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayati; sa tasya ṛṣeḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmati; tasyāsau ṛṣiḥ śrāntasya mūlaphalair upasaṃhāraṃ karoti; apy evāyaṃ lubdhako matsarī ( SBV II 171 ) samīpanivāsino mṛgān na praghātayed iti; tayoḥ parasparaṃ pitṛputreti saṃjñā samutpannā;lubdhako ṛṣiṃ pitṛvādena samudācarati; ṛṣir api lubdhakaṃ putravādena; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā brahmadattaḥ kālyam evotthāya mṛgavadhāya nirgataḥ; tena mṛgaḥ śaraparamparayā tāḍitaḥ utpatitaḥ taya ṛṣer āśramapadaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tatrāpi rājñā nārācena marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ kālagataḥ; sa ṛṣiḥ krodhaparyavasthitaḥ kathayati: kalirājas tvaṃ durācāro yena me śaraṇopagato mṛgaḥ praghātitaḥ iti; evam ukte sa rājā dveṣaparyavasthānaniviṣṭabuddhir amātyānāṃ kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ paribhāṣate tasya ko daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ parityakto me ayam ṛṣiḥ; amātyāḥ ṛṣiṃ praghātayitum ārabdhāḥ; daivāt sa lubdhakas tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam āgataḥ; āgata eva sa saṃlakṣayati; mama jīvataḥ katham ṛṣiḥ praghātyate iti; sa yoddhum ārabdhaḥ; ṛṣir niṣpalāyitaḥ; sa mahatā balakāyena praghātitaḥ
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau lubdhakaḥ eṣa eva sa kumbhīrayakṣaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ iti
Jīvaka prescribes a very rare substance called gośīrṣacandana in order to stop the hemorrhage at the foot of the Buddha
bhagavataḥ pāṣāṇaśarkarayā ( A 486a ) pādaḥ kṣataḥ; rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva nāvatiṣṭhate; jīvako vaidyarājo bhagavato rujāvalokakaḥ trikālam upasaṃkrāmati; rājagṛhanivāsī śrāddho janakāyaḥ nānādeśabhyāgatāś ca samyagdarśanasaṃpannāḥ dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ; tatra kecit kathayati: jīvaka idam atra bhaiṣajyaṃ śobhanam iti; anye kathayanti: idaṃ śobhanam iti; jīvako vaidyarājaḥ kathayati: asty atra sadyaḥpraśamanaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ; kiṃ tu tad durlabhaṃ; āyuṣmān ānanda kathayati: jīvaka kiṃ tat; sa kathayati: gośīrṣacandanaṃ; tena khalu samayena goṣīrṣacandanasya prāptir eva samucchinnā; yāvad anyatamena vaṇijā gośīrṣacandanam ātyayikaṃ sthāpitam: ayaṃ rājā ajātaśatruś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; yady asya daivād gośīrṣacandanena prayojanaṃ bhavati ( SBV II 172 ) niyatam asyābhāvat śiraśchedam api karoti; yasmād ahaṃ kālānukālaṃ gośīrṣacandanavikrayaṃ kṛtavān iti; tena śrutaṃ yathā jīvakena vaidyarājena bhagavato rujāpraśamanaṃ gośīrṣacandanam upadiṣṭam iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayam ajātaśatrur devadattavigrāhito bhagavaty abhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ; yady ahaṃ bhagavato gośīrṣacandanaṃ pradāsyāmi sthānam etad vidyate yad anarthaṃ kariṣyati iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bhagavān devamanuṣyapūjitaḥ; yadi tasyārthāy prāṇaviyogo bhavati, bhavaty eva; yannv ahaṃ bhagavato gośīrṣacandanaṃ prayaccheyam iti; sa gośīrṣacandanam ādāya bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: bhagavann upalabdhaṃ mayā bhagavato gośīrṣacandanena prayojanam iti; idaṃ tat pratigṛhṇātu bhagavān anukampām upādāya iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: pratigṛhṇīṣva ānanda asya mahātmanaḥ sakāśād gośīrṣacandanam iti; āyuṣmatā ānandena pratigṛhītaṃ; tato 'sau vaṇik prītiprāmodyajātaḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ
atha bhagavān vismitam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti

yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahavaṃ huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti
yā upariṣṭād gacchanti tāś cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān yāmān tuṣitān nirmāṇaratīn paranirmitavaśavartinaḥ brahmakāyikān brahmapurohitān mahābrahmaṇaḥ parīttābhān apramāṇābhān ābhāsvarān parīttaśubhān apramāṇaśubhān śubhakṛtsnān anabhrakān puṇyaprasavān bṛhatphalān abṛhān atapān sudṛśān sudarśanān akaniṣṭhān devān gatvā anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ śūnyam anātmā ity udghoṣayanti; gāthādvayaṃ ca bhāṣante
ārabhadhvaṃ niṣkrāmata yujyadhvaṃ buddhaśāsane /
dhunīta mṛtyunaḥ sainyaṃ naḍāgāram iva kuñjaraḥ //
yo hy asmin dharmavinaye apramattaś cariṣyati /
prahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyati // iti
atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante
atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha
nānāvidho raṅgasahasracitro
vaktrāntarān niṣkasitaḥ kalāpaḥ /
avabhāsitā yena diśaḥ samantāt
divākareṇodayatā yathaiva //
gāthāś ca bhāṣate
vigatodbhavā dainyamadaprahīṇā
buddhā jagaty uttamahetubhūtāḥ /
nākāraṇaṃ śaṅkhamṛṇālagauram

smitam upadarśayanti jinā jitārayaḥ //
tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā
śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām /
dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir
utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /
nākāsmāl lavaṇajalādrirājadhairyāḥ
saṃbuddhāḥ smitam upadarśayanti nāthāḥ /
yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ // iti
bhagavān āha: evametad ānanda evam etat; nāhetapratyayam ānanda tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; dṛṣṭas tvayā ananda sa vaṇik, yena tathāgatasya cittam abhiprasādya gośīrṣacandanaṃ ( A 487a ) dattaṃ dṛṣṭo bhadanta; sa eṣa ānanda vaṇik tena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca candano nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asya deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ
The hemorrhage does not stop, and Jīvaka prescribes the milk of a young woman
tathāpi tad rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; jīvakaḥ kathayati: idānīṃ kanyākṣīreṇa pariṣeko dīyatām iti; bhikṣavo na jānate kīdṛśaṃ kanyākṣīram iti; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati: jīvaka kīdṛśaṃ kanyākṣīram iti; sa kathayati: yā tu prathamaprasavā ( SBV II 173 ) nārī sātra kanyā abhipretā; tasyā yat kṣīraṃ tat kanyākṣīram ity ucyate iti; āyuṣmatā ānandena kanyākṣīranimittaṃ catasro 'pi parṣadaḥ prayuktāḥ; bhikṣavaḥ kanyākṣīraṃ paryeṣitum ārabdhāḥ; bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakā upāsihyaś ca bhūyasā sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sthāpayitvā devadattaṃ devadattapakṣyāṃś ca; te catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ janakāyasya ca paryeṣamāṇasya yais tair upāyaiḥ vighnaṃ kurvanti; yāvad rājagṛhe anyatamā prathamaprasavā kanyā svalpakṣīrā svakam api puraṃ kṣīreṇa na santarpayati; kutaḥ punar anyasya dāsyati? tayā śrutaṃ yathā bhagavataḥ kanyākṣīreṇa prayojanam iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: yadi dāsyāmi dārako me svalpaprāṇaḥ kṣīravirahāt prāṇair viyokṣyate; na kevalam ayaṃ ādīnavaḥ; ayam aparaḥ, devadattaḥ bhagavato dīrgharātraṃ pratyarthikaḥ pratyamitraḥ; tadvigrāhitaś ca rājā ajātaśatruḥ devadattapakṣyāś ca kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; ete māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kāmaṃ svaprāṇaviyogaḥ putraviyogaś ca; na tu devamanuṣyapūjitasya buddhasya bhagavataḥ vyādhiduḥkhavedanānubhavanaṃ yena sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ samākulaḥ; yannv ahaṃ kṣīram ādāya gaccheyam iti; sā bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya nave bhājane kṣīraṃ dugdhvā yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntā; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: upalabdhaṃ mayā bhadanta jīvakena bhagavataḥ kanyākṣīram upadiṣṭam iti; tad idaṃ kanyākṣīraṃ pragṛhyatāṃ mamānugrahāya iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: bhadrāśayā iyam ānanda dārikā; asyā sakāśād gṛhāṇa kṣīram iti; tena pratigṛhītaṃ kṣīraṃ; sā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntā
atha bhagavān vismitam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti
yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahavaṃ huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti
yā upariṣṭād gacchanti tāś cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān yāmān tuṣitān nirmāṇaratīn paranirmitavaśavartinaḥ brahmakāyikān brahmapurohitān mahābrahmaṇaḥ parīttābhān apramāṇābhān ābhāsvarān parīttaśubhān apramāṇaśubhān śubhakṛtsnān anabhrakān puṇyaprasavān bṛhatphalān abṛhān atapān sudṛśān sudarśanān akaniṣṭhān devān gatvā anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ śūnyam anātmā ity udghoṣayanti; gāthādvayaṃ ca bhāṣante
ārabhadhvaṃ niṣkrāmata yujyadhvaṃ buddhaśāsane /
dhunīta mṛtyunaḥ sainyaṃ naḍāgāram iva kuñjaraḥ //
yo hy asmin dharmavinaye apramattaś cariṣyati /
prahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyati // iti
atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante
atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha
nānāvidho raṅgasahasracitto
vaktrāntarān niṣkasitaḥ kalāpaḥ /
avabhāsitā yena diśaḥ samantāt
divākareṇodayatā yathaiva //
gāthāś ca bhāṣate
vigatodbhavā dainyamadaprahīṇā
buddhā jagaty uttamahetubhūtāḥ /
nākāraṇaṃ śaṅkhamṛṇālagauram
smitam upadarśayanti jinā jitārayaḥ //
tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā
śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām /
dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir
utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /
nākāsmāl lavaṇajalādrirājadhairyāḥ
saṃbuddhāḥ smitam upadarśayanti nāthāḥ /
yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ // iti

bhagavān āha: dṛṣṭas tvayā ananda sā dārikā, yayā mamāntike cittam abhiprasādyakṣīraṃ dattaṃ dṛṣṭā bhadanta; eṣā sā ānanda dārikā anena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca kṣīraprado nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asyā deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ iti
Daśabalakāśyapa stops the hemorrhage

tathāpi tad rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; nānādeśanivāsino bhikṣavaḥ abhyāgatāḥ bhagavata evaṃvidham ābādhaṃ ( SBV II 174 ) śrutvā anye ca śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ; tatra kecid agadān vyāharanti; kecin mantraiś cikitsāṃ kurvanti; āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapaḥ satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ
samaṃ te bhagavaṃś cittaṃ putreṣv api ariṣv api /
anena satyavākyena tiṣṭha kṣataja mā srava // iti
satyopayācanasamantaram eva tad rudhiraṃ sthitaṃ; bhikṣavaḥ pramuditamanasaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakāḥ upāsikyaḥ bhūyasā sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sthāpayitvā devadattājātaśatrū kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāṃś ca; bhagavān jānann eva yo yathā cikitsāṃ karoti, tasya tathānumodate, teṣāṃ kuśalamūlabījāvaropaṇārthaṃ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmatā daśabalakāśyapena satyopayācanayā sravad rudhiraṃ vidhāritam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani aham anena viṣakṛtena paryākulīkṛto nirviṣīkṛtaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ
The story of Dharmakāma
(concerning a previous birth of Daśabalakāśyapa)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasya karvaṭakasya nātidūre udyānaṃ mūlakandapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; tatra ṛṣiḥ prativasati phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ vidyāmantradhārī ca; tasmiṃś ca karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; sa caṃkramyamāṇaḥ ( A 488b ) sthito śayito vā kuśalaṃ cittam atikuśalaṃ ca karma karoti; tasya janakāyena dharmakāma iti saṃjñā kṛtā; sa kiṃkuśalagaveṣitayā karvaṭakān niṣkramya kālānukālaṃ tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāmati; upasthānaṃ cāsya karoti; tapasvina upasaṃkrāmatīti tāpasas ( SBV II 175 ) tāpasa iti saṃvṛttā; tasyāpareṇa samayena viṣakṛtam utthitaṃ; so 'nekair agadamantraprayogaiś cikitsyate; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; sa mātāpitṛbhyāṃ tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upanītaḥ; maharṣe upasthāyakas te viṣakṛtena prāṇair viyujyate; cikitsāṃ kuruṣva iti; sa satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ
samaṃ te dāraka cittaṃ mitreṣv api ripuṣv api /
anena satyavākyena nirviṣo bhava dāraka // iti
sa satyopayācanakālasamanantaram eva nirviṣīkṛtaḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau dārakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau ṛṣiḥ eṣa eva sa daśabalakāśyapaḥ; tadāpy aham anena satyopayācanena svasthīkṛtaḥ; etarhy apy aham anena satyopayācanena svasthīkṛtaḥ
The disappointment of Devadatta
devadatto duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī cintayati: vyarthaṃ mayā śramaṇasya gautamasya śilā kṣiptā; na ca śramaṇo gautamaḥ praghātitaḥ; mahājanapratisaṃvidito jātaḥ iti; sa vṛkṣamūlaṃ gatvā cintāparaḥ kṛtakena paryaṅkaṃ badhvā avasthitaḥ; bhikṣavaḥ sthānasthāneṣv avadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti: paśva bhadanta īdṛśaḥ krūrāśayo devadattaḥ, yena bhagavataḥ pravrajitasyāpi parākrāntam; upariṣṭāt śilā kṣiptā iti; kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ kathayanti: kiṃ bhavanto yadvā tadvā asamīkṣya kathayanti nanu paśyata devadattam asmin vṛkṣamūle; caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ mahātmāsau; katham evaṃ kariṣyati iti
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta amī kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ ātmanā alajjinaḥ alajjino devadattasya varṇaṃ bhāṣante iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani ete alajjina alajjino varṇam abhāṣanta; tac chrūyatāṃ ( SBV II 176 )
The story of a jackal and a crow
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta, etc.)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo rājagṛhīyakair manuṣyaiḥ rājñā ca kenacit kāraṇena kriyākāraṃ kṛtvā dve śmaśāne vyavasthāpite, ekasmin pradeśe puruṣāś chorayitavyāḥ ekasmin striyaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena paṇḍakaḥ kālagataḥ; sa na ekasmin śmaśāne avakāśaṃ labhate, na dvitīye; rājagṛhasyānyatamasmin pradeśe udyānaṃ mūlakandapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; tasmiṃś ca khustaśirā ṛṣiḥ prativasati; phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasmiṃś ca pradeśe trikaṇṭakedārairaṇḍavṛkṣāś ca santi; tatra sa paṇḍako choritaḥ; kuṇapagandhena sṛgāla āgataḥ; ( A 489a ) sa taṃ paṇḍakaṃ bhakṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; kākaś ca eraṇḍavṛkṣāgratas tiṣṭhati; tasya buddhir utpannā: sṛgālasya varṇaṃ bhāṣe; kadācid bhakṣitaśeṣaṃ dadyād iti; sa tasya gāthayā varṇaṃ bhāṣitum ārabdhaḥ:
siṃhasya te yathā grīvā ṛṣabhasya yathā kaṭiḥ /
mṛgarāja namas tubhyaṃ bhuktaśeṣaṃ labhemahi // iti
sṛgālo vyavalokya pratyabhāṣata
ko 'yaṃ drumavarāgre 'smin dvijānāṃ pravaraḥ khalu /
avabhāsya diśaḥ sarvāḥ bhrājate ratnapiṇḍavat // iti
kākaḥ kathayati
aham asmi mahābhāga darśanārthaṃ tvāgataḥ /
mṛharāja nams tubhyaṃ bhuktaśeṣaṃ labhemahi // iti
sṛgālaḥ kathayati
mayūrakaṇṭhas tvam asi vāyasa priyadarśana /
ākrandacāriṇāṃ śreṣṭha ehi bhuṅkṣva yathāsukhaṃ // iti
so 'vatīrṇaḥ sṛgālena saha kuṇapaṃ bhakṣayan tena ṛṣiṇā dṛṣṭaḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV II 177 )
cirasya bata paśyāmi samāgamam alajjinoḥ /
vṛkṣādhamasya cchāyāyāṃ bhuñjate kuṇapaṃ saha // iti
kākena śrutaṃ; sa sāmarṣaṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate
yadi siṃho myūraś ca bhuñjate varajāṅgalam /
kim atra khustaśirasaḥ paradattopajīvinaḥ // iti
ṛṣir api jātāmarṣo gāthāṃ bhāṣate
pakṣiṇām adhamaḥ kākaḥ jambukaś ca catuṣpadām /
eraṇḍaś cāpi vṛkṣāṇāṃ mauṣyānāṃ ca paṇḍakaḥ /
hīnās trikaṇṭakedārāḥ paśyālajjisamāgamam // iti
tataḥ kāko bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃjātāmarṣo ṛṣer agniśaraṇaṃ praviśya vyavalokayitum ārabdho na paśyati kiṃcit; kamaṇḍaluṃ bhaṅktvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; yāvad asau ṛṣir agniśaraṇaṃ praviśya paśyati kamaṇḍaluṃ bhagnaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: tasyaitad duṣkākasya karma nānyasya; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

na rocyās tādṛśāḥ kecid alajināḥ krūrāśayāḥ /
dūṣitaṃ cāgniśaraṇaṃ bhagnaś cāpi kamaṇḍaluḥ //
avarṇārho na varṇārhaḥ na vācyaṃ khalu sarvathā /
kiṃcin matimatā nityaṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvaḥ sukhāvahaḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; sṛgālo devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena, kākaḥ kokālikaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy etāv alajjinau alajjinor varṇam abhāṣātām; etarhy apy etāv alajjinau alajjinor varṇaṃ bhāṣete
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kutra bhadanta bhagavato devadattasya ca tatprathamato vairūkṣyam utpannam iti; bhagavān āha
The story of the two birds Dharma and Adharma
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau jīvajīvakau ekena kāyena samudratīre prativasataḥ dharmaś cādharmaś ca; yāvad adharmo middham ( SBV II 178 ) avakrāntaḥ; dharmo jāgarti; tena amṛtaphalam uhyamānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena tad gṛhītaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ tāvad enam utthāpayiṣyāmi? āhosvid bhakṣayāmi? iti; bhūyaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bhakṣayāmi: ekasminn eva śarīre vipakṣyate iti; sa tena notthāpitaḥ; svayam eva ( A 489b ) bhakṣitaḥ; sa pratibuddhaḥ; tasmin pradeśe dharmasya aṃrtaphalodgāraḥ utthitaḥ; adharmeṇa ghrātaḥ; sa kathayati: kasya eṣa udgāraḥ iti; sa kathayati: amṛtaphalasya; kutra labdhaṃ?; sa kathayati: mayā tava suptasya amṛtaphalaṃ labdhaṃ; tan mayā bhakṣitaṃ; tvaṃ notthāpitaḥ: ekasminn eva śarīre vipakṣyate iti; sa kathayati: na śobhanaṃ kṛtam; aham api kālajño bhaviṣyāmi iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena dharmo middham avakrāntaḥ; adharmo jāgarti; tena viṣaphalam uhyamānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena tad bhakṣitaṃ; tāv ubhāv api mūrcchitau; adharmo viṣaphalena paryākulīkṛtaḥ kathayati: tatra tatropapadyeya, yatra yatra janmani tava vadhakaḥ syāṃ pratyarthikaḥ pratyamitraḥ iti; dharmaḥ kathayati: aham api yatra yatropapadyeya, tatra tatra janmani tava maitryupasaṃhāraṃ kuryām iti
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau dharmaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sāv adharmaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tatrāyaṃ mama tatprathamato virūkṣitaḥ; ahaṃ cāsya maitreṇa cittenāvasthitaḥ; bhūyo 'py ayaṃ yathā mama virūkṣitaḥ, ahaṃ cāsya maitracittaḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of Sūryanemi the poet
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ sarjaraso nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena bhūmyantarasya rājñaḥ sakāśād dārikā labdhā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ sā dārikā kālāntareṇa āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt sūryodaye prasūtā; dārako ( SBV II 179 ) jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyte kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ sūryodaye jātaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya sūryanemīti nāma; tasya sūryanemīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sūryanemī dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo dattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃsadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; yāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjitya adhyāvasatāṃ pṛthag bhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastigrīvāyām aśvapṛṣṭhe rathe tsarau dhanuṣi apayāne niryāṇe aṃkuśagrahe pāśagrahe tomaragrahe chedye bhedye vedhye muṣṭibandhe pādabandhe śikhābandhe dūravedhe śabdavedhe marmavedhe akṣūṇavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; sa pitrā yauvarājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ ( A 490a ) sarjarasasya rājñaḥ agramahiṣī dharmā nāma; agrāmātyaś ca goniṣādo nāmnā; tasmiṃś ca rājā atyarthaṃ viśvastaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā sarjarasaḥ dharmayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ dharmā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā: putraṃ janayiṣyati; sa rājānaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya svayam eva paṭṭe badhvā rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayiṣyati iti; yāvad rājā sarjarasaḥ glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagaṇḍapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; śarīrāvasthā paricchinnā; sa saṃlakṣayati: mamātyayāt sūryanemī rājā bhaviṣyati; niyatam asau dharmāṃ ghatayiṣyati; kim atra prāptakālaṃ; iti bhūyaḥ sa saṃlakṣyati: ayam amātyo goniṣādaḥ mayā praṇītair bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ, pratipālitaś ca; asya dharmāṃ samarpayāmi iti; tena goniṣāda āhūyoktaḥ:mama dharmā agramahiṣī: tvaṃ cāgrāmātyaḥ; mama śarīrāvasthā paricchinnā; niyatam ahaṃ prāṇāir viyokṣye; tvayā matpriyatayā tathā anuṣṭheyaṃ yathā dharmā sūryaneminā jīvitān na vyaparopyate ( SBV II 180 ) iti; sa kathayati: deva tad api na śakyaṃ te kartum; alpotsuko bhavatu devaḥ; tathā kariṣye yathā na praghātyate iti
sarve kṣayāntā nicayāḥ patanāntāḥ samucchrayāḥ /
saṃyogā viprayogāntāḥ maraṇāntaṃ ca jīvitam //

iti rājā sarjaraḥ kālagataḥ; sa chatradhvajapatākādiśobhayā mahatā satkāreṇa dhyāpitaḥ; sūryanemī mahārājaḥ mahārājābhiṣekeṇa abhiṣiktaḥ; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā; dharmāṃ ghātayata iti; goniṣādaḥ kathayati: deva kim asamīkṣya praghātyate? na jñāyate kiṃ dārakaṃ janayiṣyati? uta dārikām iti; tad yadi dārakaṃ janayiṣyati sa eva jīvitād vyaparopyate iti; sūryanemī rājā kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu; tvayaiva saṃrakṣyā iti; tena gṛhe sthāpitā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasminn eva divase kaivartī prasūtā; tasyā dārikā jātā; sa jātamātra eva kaivartīṃ dhanena pralobhya parivartitaḥ; goniṣādena rājño niveditaṃ: deva dharmā prasūtā; dārikā jātā iti; rājā kathayati: śobhanaṃ; muktāḥ smaḥ iti; sa dārakaḥ kaivartyā āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; lipyakṣarāṇi pāṭhitaḥ; kāvyaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; tasya kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; goniṣādena dharmāyāḥ samākhyātaṃ: putras te kāvyakartā saṃvṛttaḥ iti; sā kathayati: paśyāmi tāvat kīdṛśaḥ iti; sa kathayati: alaṃ; kiṃ tena dṛṣṭena iti; sā kathayati: putrābhilāṣiṇī ākāṃkṣaty eva darśanaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate iti; tasyā goniṣādena avaśyanirbandhaṃ jñātvā upāyasaṃvidhānena matsyāṃ kṛtvā praveśitaḥ; sa praviśann eva naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ: ( A 490b ) eṣa kaviḥ kaivartadārako rājānaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya, svayam eva paṭṭāṃ badhvā rājyaṃ kārayiṣyati iti; rājñā śrutaṃ; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā: gṛhṇīta yathā na paribhraśyate iti; tena karṇaparamparayā śrutaṃ; sa itaś cāmutaś ca niṣpalāyamāno vṛddhayuvatyā gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tayā gopāyitaḥ; tato haridratailena gātrāṇi mrakṣayitvā maṃce āropya mṛta iti kṛtvā niṣkāsitaḥ; sa ca śmaśāne choritaḥ; utthāya niṣpalāyitaḥ; tasmin pradeśe anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ puṣpaphalāni paryeṣate; tenāsau niṣpalāyamāno dṛṣṭaḥ; tasya pṛṣṭhataś cārakapuruṣāḥ pradhāvitāḥ; tair asau puruṣaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: bho ( SBV II 181 ) puruṣa na tvayā īdṛśaḥ pramāṇena varṇena ca anena pathā gacchan kaścin manuṣyo dṛṣṭaḥ? sa kathayati: dṛṣṭaḥ; anena pathā gacchata iti; te tasya pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhāḥ; so 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake rajakasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasya ca yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; cārakapuruṣaiḥ karvaṭako vicārayitum ārabdhaḥ; rajakena vastravaraṇḍena veṣṭayitvā gardabhe āropya karvaṭakān niṣkāsitaḥ; snānaśālāyāṃ nitvā muktaḥ; utthāya caturdiśaṃ vyavalokya niṣpalāyitaḥ; tatrāpy anyatareṇa puruṣeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ; tena cārakapuruṣāṇāṃ niveditaṃ; bhavanto yadarthaṃ yūyaṃ karvaṭakaṃ pratyavekṣatha, asau puruṣaḥ anena pathā gataḥ; gacchata śīghram iti; te saṃprasthitāḥ; so 'py aparasmin grāme carmakāragṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasya tena yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; sa kathayati: pṛṣṭhato mukhe upānahau kuru iti; sa kathayati: na mayā kadācid evaṃrūpā upānahā kṛtapūrvā; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
nānāmatayo hy anekarūpās
tulitās te tulayā hi naikayāpi /
vanavaṃ kuru carmakāra me tvaṃ
yat pṛṣṭhaṃ tad iha mamāgrataḥ kuruṣva // iti

tenāsau carmakāraḥ śikṣitaḥ; carmakāreṇa tādṛśyau upānahau kṛte; kuḍyaparikṣipto 'sau karvaṭakaḥ; sa tena upānahau prāvṛtya upacchidreṇa niṣpalāyitaḥ; cārakapuruṣāḥ upānahā anusṛtya karvaṭakam anvāhiṇḍante; so 'pi niṣpalāyamānaḥ udakaṃ praviṣṭaḥ, nāgair nāgabhavanaṃ praveśitaḥ; rājñā śravaparamparayā śrutaṃ yathā asau nāgair nāgabhavanaṃ praveśitaḥ iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto ye madviṣayanivāsinaḥ āhituṇḍikāḥ, te sarve matsakāśe āneyāḥ iti; taiḥ sarve viṣayanivāsinaḥ āhituṇḍikāḥ rājñaḥ upanītāḥ; rājñā teṣām ājñā dattā: bhavanto gacchata; amuṣmin nāgabhavane nāgam uddharata iti; evaṃ deveti sarve āhituṇḍikāḥ rājñaḥ pratiśrutya tannāgabhavanaṃ gatāḥ; anyatarasyāṃ cāṭavyāṃ piṅgalo nāma yakṣo māṃsarudhirabhakṣaḥ; tasya bhayāt śvāpadā api tam aṭavīṃ parityajanti; kim uta manuṣyāḥ sā piṅgalāṭavīti prakāśā ( SBV II 182 ) saṃvṛttā; āhituṇḍikena sa nāgas tathā mantrabalādhānād upadruto yathā ( A 491a ) santrastaḥ piṅgalāṭavyāṃ chorito na śaktas tām atikrāmayituṃ; nāgāḥ saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti: na śobhanam asmābhiḥ kṛtaṃ yad asau piṅgalāṭavīṃ nātikrāmitaḥ; so 'pi piṅgalena yakṣeṇa praghātyate; vayaṃ ca tadartham abhidrutāḥ; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; sa nāgarājaḥ kathayati: etam artham āhituṇḍikānāṃ nivedayāmaḥ iti; tair āhituṇḍikānāṃ samākhyātaṃ: bhavanto yadarthaṃ vayam ākulīkriyāmahe, so 'smābhir arthataḥ praghātita eva, yat piṅgalāṭavyāṃ samutsṛṣṭaḥ iti; āhituṇḍikaiḥ rājña etat prakaraṇaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: yady apy evaṃ tathāpi samanveṣyatām iti; sa piṅgalāṭavyām itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; piṅgalaś ca yakṣaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe kukkuraiḥ parivṛtas tiṣṭhati; tenāsau kukkuraiś ca dūrata eva dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena mṛtapravṛttiḥ śrutā? yenāyam atra praviṣṭa iti; tena tasya kukkurā utsṛṣṭāḥ; sa niṣpalāyamāno vṛkṣam abhirūḍhaḥ; kukkurāḥ piṅgalaś ca vṛkṣasyādhastād vyavasthitāḥ; piṅgalaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa na tvayā śrutaṃ piṅgalāṭavyāṃ piṅgalo nāma amanuṣyakaḥ prativasati; yas tatra praviśati sa taṃ praghātayati iti; prāptas te kālaḥ; avatara iti; sa kathayati: yāvaj jīvāmi tāvat tiṣṭhāmi iti; piṅgalayakṣaḥ avasaktikāṃ badhvā nirbandhenāvasthitaḥ; sa pracālayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena tasyopari vastraṃ kṣiptaṃ; kukkurāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: sa evāyaṃ manuṣyaḥ patitaḥ iti; te piṅgalaṃ yakṣaṃ bhakṣayitvā prakrāntāḥ; sa vṛkṣāt śanair avatīrya prakrāntaḥ tena tenānvāhiṇḍan; sa saṃlakṣayati: mama mātulaḥ ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tasya sakāśaṃ gacchāmi iti; tasya ca ṛṣer anyatamasmin parvate udyānaṃ mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; so 'nupūrveṇa śravaparamparayā tasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; jñātisambandham ākhyāyāvasthitaḥ; tatrāpi cārakapuruṣaiḥ samanviṣṭaḥ; te taṃ grahītum ārabdhāḥ; tena parvataprapātād ātmā muktaḥ; sa patann anyatamena puruṣeṇa śikhāyāṃ gṛhītāḥ; śikhā utpaṭitā; sa patitaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti: mṛto 'yaṃ; gacchāmaḥ iti te śikhām ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: ( SBV II 183 ) deva praghātito 'sau kaviḥ; iyam asya śikhā iti; rājā parituṣṭaḥ; tena te bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; atha yā devatā ṛṣer udyānanivāsinī, tayā tasya riṣeḥ samākhyātaṃ: bhāgineyas te kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ; na samanvāharas? iti; sa kathayati: yadi mayā na samanvāhṛto 'bhaviyat prāṇair viyuktaḥ abhaviṣyad iti; sa ṛṣir vidyāmantradhārī; īdṛśīṃ vidyāṃ jānīte yayā puruṣaḥ strī bhavati strī puruṣo bhavati; sa tena tāṃ vidyāṃ grāhitaḥ; uktaś ca: gacchedānīm; akutobhayo vihara iti; so 'nyaṃ pratirūpaṃ strīveṣaṃ ( A 491b ) vidyayā abhinirmāya vārāṇasīṃ gatvā rājakīye udyāne sthitaḥ; udyānapālair dṛṣṭaḥ; paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ; tair laghu laghv eva gatvā sūryanemino rājñaḥ samākhyātaṃ: deva evaṃrūpayauvanasaṃpannā strī udyāne tiṣṭhati
iti; tenājñā dattā ānīyatām iti; sā mahatā śrīsamudāyena rājakulaṃ praveśitā; rājā sūryanemis tayā sārdham atīva saṃraktaḥ; tatas tayā avasaraṃ jñātvā rahasi sthito jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; punaś ca vidyāṃ parivartya puruṣaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ svayam eva paṭṭaṃ badhvā goniṣādasyāmātyasya nivedya rājye pratiṣṭhitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
nāsau hato yaya śiro na chinnaṃ
bhūyas sa utthāya karoti karma /
sa vai hato śabdahatena tena
kavinā yathā sarjarasya putraḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sūryanemī rājā sarjarasya rājñaḥ putraḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mama vairaprasaktaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mama vairaprasaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathaiṣa mama vairānubaddhas tac chrūyatām
The story of the two jewellers
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake dvau maṇikārau prativasataḥ; tayoḥ rathyā vibhaktā gṛhaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena anyatamaḥ parikṣīṇavibhavo vaṇik; sa maṇibhājanam ādāya taṃ karvaṭakam anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya ekasya maṇikārasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: idaṃ maṇibhājnam arghaṃ kuruṣva iti; tena svalpaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa kathayati: kim evaṃ kathayasi? yady api ahaṃ bhogebhyaḥ paribhraṣṭaḥ na tu prajñayā; jānāmy aham evāsya mūlyam iti; sa tasya sakāśam ( SBV II 184 ) upasaṃkramya dvitīyasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: idam maṇibhājanaṃ; mūlyam asya kuruṣva iti; tena tasya puṣkalaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa parituṣṭaḥ kathayati: gṛhāṇā, dehi mūlyam iti; sa kathayati: nāsti me etāvan mūlyam iti; sa kathayati: yad asti tad anuprayaccha iti; tena gṛhītaṃ; tenānyena maṇikāreṇa śrutaṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣas tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; mayaitat pūrvaṃ gṛhaṃ nītaṃ; mayā cāsya mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; tvaṃ kasmād gṛhṇīṣe? iti; tayoḥ parasparaṃ vairūkṣyam utpannam
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau maṇikāraḥ yena maṇibhājanasya svalpaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtam eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau dvitīyo maṇikāraḥ yena puṣkalaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtam aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy āvayoḥ parasparaṃ vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; punar api yathā vayoḥ vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; tac chrūyatām
The story of the elder son of a gṛhapati
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ ( A 492a ) kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; sā asya patnī kālagatā; sa saṃlakṣayati: dārakaṃ kaḥ samvardhayiṣyati? anyām ānayāmi iti; tenānyā ānītā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasyā api putro jātaḥ; sāpi kālagatā; sa gṛhapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady anyām ānayāmi, sāpi kālaṃ kariṣyati; jyeṣṭhasya putrasya niveśanaṃ karomi iti; tena jyeṣṭhasya putrasya niveśaḥ kṛtaḥ; tasya bahavaḥ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; sā tasya bhāryā kathayati: āryaputra eṣa dārakas tava ko bhavati? iti: sa kathayati: kanīyān bhrātā; sā kathayati: ārya tava bahavaḥ putrāḥ; ayam ekaḥ; eṣāṃ cāsya ca tulyo gṛhabhogo deyaḥ; sa kathayati: bhadre eṣa lokadharmaḥ iti; sā kathayati: yady evaṃ praghātaya enam iti; kāmān khalu pratisevamānasya nāsti kiṃcit pāpakaṃ karma akaraṇīyam iti sa puṣpaphalavyājena aṭavīṃ nītvā praghātitaḥ; ( SBV II 185 )
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau jyeṣṭho gṛhapatiputraḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kanīyān aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpāditaḥ; etarhy apy anena vairūkṣyam utpāditaḥ; yathā punar apy āvayor vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; tac chrūyatām
The story of a girl and an astrologer
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake brāhmaṇaḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā; sa brāhmaṇaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yo mamādya gṛhaṃ brāhmaṇo bhikṣārthī praviśati, tasyaināṃ kanyābhikṣāṃ prayacchāmi iti; yāvad anyatamo māṇavaḥ bhikṣārthī tasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ: svasti bhikṣāṃ prayaccha iti; tena brāhmaṇenāhūyoktaḥ: māṇava iyaṃ mama duhitā; mayā kanyābhikṣā tubhyaṃ dattā iti; sa kathayati: nādya pratigṛhṇāmi; divasamuhūrtena pratigrahiṣyāmi iti; sa prakrāntaḥ; yāvad anyatamo māṇavo bhikṣārthī tasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ: svasti bhikṣāṃ prayaccha iti; sa tena brāhmaṇenāhūyoktaḥ: māṇava iyaṃ mama duhitā; mayā kanyābhikṣā tubhyaṃ dattā iti; sa kathayati: aparo 'tra māṇavaḥ bhikṣārthī praviṣṭaḥ; tasmai kimarthaṃ na dattā iti; sa kathayati: yad brūte nakṣatram aśobhanam iti; sa kathayati: yady evaṃ pratīṣṭā bhavatu iti; brāhmaṇaḥ kathayati: tvaṃ punaḥ kimarthaṃ nakṣatraṃ na paśyati? iti; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
nakṣatraṃ bhadrakaṃ sarvaṃ sarve kalyāṇakā dināḥ /
samutpanneṣu kāryeṣu sarvam etat pradakṣiṇam //

hāpayanti narā hy arthaṃ nakṣatragaṇanāparāḥ /
artho hy arthasya nakṣatraṃ kiṃ kāryaṃ jyotibhiḥ punaḥ //
sa pratigṛhītvā prakrāntaḥ ( A 492b ) tenānyena māṇavena śrutaṃ sā brāḥmaṇakanyā anena māṇavena pratīṣṭā iti; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ ( SBV II 186 ) kathayati: māṇavakaḥ sā kanyā kimarthaṃ tvayā pratīṣṭā? mayā pūrvalabdhā iti; sa kathayati: tvaṃ nakṣatragaṇanāparaḥ; nakṣatraṃ tāvat parīkṣa; mama tu śobhanaṃ nakṣatram iti; sa ruṣitaḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pūrvamāṇavaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau paścimako māṇavaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy asya mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; etrhy apy asya mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ
The very ferocious elephant of Ājātaśatru, Dhanapālaka by name
buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena yo 'sau rājñaḥ ajātaśatroḥ dhanapālako nāma duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; rājagṛhanivāsinā janakāyena rājā ajātaśatrur vijñaptaḥ: deva dhanapālako duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; tad arhati devaḥ hastidamakānām ājñāṃ dātuṃ yathā na pratidinaṃ niṣkāsayanti; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitum iti; rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatu; gacchata iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: āhūyantāṃ bhavanto hastidamakāḥ iti; tair hastidamakā āhūtāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto rājagṛhanivāsinā janakāyena abhihito 'smi dhanapālako duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; tad arhati devaḥ hastidamakānām ājñāṃ dātuṃ yathā na pratidinaṃ niṣkāsayanti; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitum iti; tad yuṣmābhir na pratidinaṃ niṣkrāmayitavyaḥ; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitavyam iti; hastidamakāḥ rājñaḥ ajātaśatroḥ pratiśrutya pādayor nipatya prakrāntāḥ ( SBV II 187 )
Devadatta's attempt to kill the Buddha by means of the elephant Dhanapālaka
rājagṛhe cānyataro gṛhapatiḥ āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tena buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena upanimantritaḥ; devadattena śrutaṃ yathā amukena gṛhapatinā buddhapramuko bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ iti; tena hastidamakasya śatasahasro muktāhāro dattaḥ; uktaś ca: amukena gṛhapatinā śramaṇo gautamaḥ saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena upanimantritaḥ; tat tvayā dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsraṣṭavyaḥ iti; sa kathayati: ārya evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃtu yathā vā tathā vā devam avalokaya iti; tato devadatto yena rājā ajātaśatrus tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānam ajātaśatrum idam avocat: śaktas tvaṃ māṃ buddhatve na pratiṣṭhāpayitum; ( A 493a ) api tu tvaṃ pitaraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya rājye pratiṣṭhapitaḥ; aham api śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ praghātya sarvajñatvaṃ karomi; dhanapālaṃ hastināgam utsṛja iti; ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: na tvayā śrutam? adāntadamakā buddhā bhagavantaḥ iti; sa kathayati: yady adāntadamakāḥ syuḥ aham eva tāvad anena dāntaḥ syām iti; sa taṃ yathā vā tathā vā avalokya hastidamakānāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: niveditaṃ mayā devasya; tad yuṣmābhiḥ śvo dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsraṣṭavyaḥ iti; tato hastidamakaiḥ rājagṛhe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavanto rājagṛhanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ, śvo hastināgo mucyate; tad yuṣmābhiḥ śvaḥ sarvaprayatnena ātmarakṣā kartavyā iti; gṛhapatiḥ śrutvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: īdṛśo 'haṃ mandabhāgyaḥ; mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; dhanapālakaś ca duṣṭanāgaḥ śvo mucyate; kathaṃ mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ bhojayitavyaḥ iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: sādhayāmi pākaṃ; tatraiva nītvā bhagavantaṃ bhojayāmi iti; sa śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ sādhayitvā kālyam evotthāya bhagavataḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ: bhagavan rājagṛhe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ śvo dhanapālako hastināgo mucyate; yuṣmābhiḥ śaktitaḥ ātmarakṣā kartavyā iti; tad bhagavatā rājagṛhaṃ na praveṣṭavyam; aham ihaiva annapānam ānayāmi iti; bhagavān kathayati: alpotsukas tvaṃ gṛhapate bhava; annapānaṃ sajjīkuru; vigataṃ tathāgatasya nāgabhayaṃ; praviśāmy ahaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ iti; tato 'sau gṛhapatir āttamanāttamanāḥ svagṛhaṃ gataḥ; annapānaṃ ( SBV II 188 ) samanvāhṛtya āsanādi prajñapya bhagavantam udīkṣamāṇaḥ avasthitaḥ; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsṛṣṭaḥ; adrākṣīd dhanapālako hastināgo bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhrūkuṭiṃ kṛtvā nādaṃ ca muktvā yena bhagavāṃs tena sabalam ājavena prādhāvat
atha devadattaḥ ajātaśatrusahīyaḥ apariprāsādam abhiruhya avasthitaḥ; paśyāmi śramaṇaṃ gotamaṃ praghātyamānam iti; tato devadattaḥ bhagavantaṃ dṛṣṭvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditaḥ uccair gāthām uvāca
dvipaṃcabala paśyāmi tvāṃ nāgabalamarditam /
saśrāvakaś śākyasuta tvam adya na bhaviṣyasi // iti
bhagavān āha: nīco 'si devadatta; pravādaṃ tvaṃ pravadasi daśabalabalinaṃ mām agaṇayitvā; paśyedānīṃ tu balaṃ daśabalabalinaḥ adbhutasya iti; tato bhagavatā dakṣiṇe karatale paṃca siṃhāḥ kesariṇaḥ paṭṭadhāriṇo nirmitāḥ; sa teṣāṃ gandhaṃ ghrātvā mūtrapuriṣam utsṛjan niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavatā sarvā diśaḥ ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitāḥ ekajvālībhūtā adhimuktāḥ sthāpayitvā ( A 493b ) svakam eva pādamūlaṃ śāntaṃ śītībhūtam adhiṣṭhitaṃ; tato dhanapālako hastināgaḥ itaś cāmutaś ca pradhāvan sarvam ādiptaṃ paśyati; nānyatra bhagavataḥ pādamūlaṃ śītībhūtṃ; dhanapālakaprakopaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve bhikṣavo niṣpalāyitāḥ sthāpayitvā āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ; tato dhanapālako vigatamadavego mandagatipracāratayā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa bhagavatā cakrasvastikanandyāvartena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa śirasi parāmṛṣṭaḥ; gāthā ca bhāṣitā
mā kuñjara viheṭhaya nāgam
duḥkhaṃ kuñjara viheṭhanam asya / ( SBV II 189 )
no nāgahatasya parasmin
bhadrā hi nāga gatir bhavati // iti+
The elephant Dhanapālaka follows submissively the Buddha, dies of grief and is reborn in the heaven of the four great kings

tvaṃ tāvad bhadramukha pūrvakeṇa duścaritena pratyavarāyāṃ tiryagyonāv utpannaḥ; sa tvam etarhi paraprāṇaharaḥ paraprāṇoparodhena parituṣyasi; itaś cyutasya te kā gatir bhaviṣyasi? kā upapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāyaḥ iti hi bhadramukha sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ; sarvadharmāḥ anātmānaḥ; śāntaṃ nirvāṇaṃ; mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya adyaiva tiryagyoniṃ virāgayiṣyasi; ity uktvā yena tasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; dhanapālako 'pi bhagavantaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; bhagavān praviṣṭaḥ; sa dvāramūle sthitaḥ; bhagavantam apaśyan gṛhaṃ bhaṅktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavatā tad gṛhaṃ sphaṭikamayaṃ nirmitaṃ yatrānāvṛtaṃ buddhabimbaṃ paśyati; sa bhagavnataṃ dṛṣṭvā na bhaṅktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ bhuktvā dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; sa bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddha eva; etat prakaraṇam amātyaiḥ rājño niveditam:; ajātaśatruṇā devadatto 'bhihitaḥ: tvayā mama anarthaḥ kṛtaḥ; taṃ hastinam āgamya sīmāntarā rājānaḥ māṃ nābhidravanti; so 'pi tvayā vimadīkṛtaḥ iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā; yadā bhagavān nirgato bhavati tadā bhavadbhir dhanapālaḥ hastināgo dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpayitavyaḥ yathā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ na nirgacchati iti; amātyai api hastidamakānām ājñā dattā dhanapālakaṃ hastināgaṃ dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpayata yathā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato na nirgacchati iti; sa bhagavantam apaśyan pādena śuṇḍām avaṣṭabhya kālagataḥ; cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; dharmatā khalu devaputrasya vā devakanyāyā vā aciropapannasya trīṇi cittāny utpadyante: kutaś cyutaḥ kutropapannaḥ kena karmaṇā iti; sa paśyati nāgebhyaś ( SBV II 190 ) cyutaḥ; praṇīteṣu cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya iti
atha nāgapūrviṇo devaputrasyaitad bahavat: na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ paryuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkrameyaṃ; yannv aham aparyuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam iti; atha ( A 494a ) nāgapūrvī devaputraś calavimalakuṇḍaladharo hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātraḥ tām eva rātriṃ divyānām utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamāndārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā sarvaṃ veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya bhagavataṃ puṣpair avakīrya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya; tataḥ asya bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā nāgapūrviṇā devaputreṇa viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatyas trir udānam udānayati: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā kṛtaṃ; na devatābhiḥ; neṣṭena svajanabandhuvargeṇa; na pūrvapretair na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ yad bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtam; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṃghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ smo devamanuṣyeṣu āha ca
tavānubhāvāt pihitas sughoro
hy apāyamārgo bahudoṣayuktaḥ /
apāvṛtā svargagatiḥ supuṇya
nirvāṇamārgaś ca mayopalabdhaḥ //
tvadāśrayāc cāptam apetadoṣaṃ
mayādya śuddhaṃ suviśuddhacakṣuḥ /
prāptaṃ ca śāntaṃ padam āryakāntaṃ
tīrṇaś ca duḥkhārṇavapāram asmi //
jagati daityanarāmarapūjitaṃ
vigatajanmajarāmaraṇāmayaṃ /
bhavasahasrasudurlabhadarśanaṃ
saphalam adya mune tava darśanam* //
avanamya tataḥ pralambahāraḥ
caraṇau dvāv abhivandya jātaharṣaḥ / ( SBV II 191 )
parigamya ca dakṣiṇaṃ jitāriṃ
suralokābhimukho divaṃ jagāma //
atha nāgapūrvī devaputro vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ sasyasaṃpanna iva kārṣakaḥ śūra iva jitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo yayā vibhūtyā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ tayaiva vibhūtyā svabhavanaṃ gataḥ
bhikṣavaḥ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tair dṛṣṭo bhagavato 'ntike udāro 'vabhāsaḥ; yaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhagavan imāṃ rātriṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ śakro devendraḥ catvāro lokapālā upasaṃkrāntāḥ bhagavān āha: na bhikṣavo brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ na śakro devānām indraḥ nāpi catvāro lokapālāḥ māṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrāntāḥ; api tu yuṣmābhir bhikṣavaḥ sa dhanapālo hastināgaḥ, tāvac caṇḍaḥ tāvad rabhaso yas tathāgatasya vadhāya parākrāntaḥ dṛṣṭo bhadanta: mayā vinītaḥ sa mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ cāturmahārājijeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; sa imāṃ rātriṃ matsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; tasya mayā dharmo deśitaḥ; sa dṛṣṭasatyaḥ svabhavanaṃ gataḥ iti
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta dhanapālakena karma kṛtaṃ ( A 494b ) yasya karmaṇo vipākena tiryakṣūpapannaḥ; kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: dhanapālakenaiva hi bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; dhanapālena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni
pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām
Dhanapālaka in a previous birth

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma śāstā loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasya ca śāsane pravrajita āsīd vaiyāpṛtyakarah; tatrānena kṣudrānukṣudreṣu śikṣāpadeṣu anādaraḥ ( SBV II 192 ) kṛtaḥ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena tiryakṣūpapannaḥ; yat tatrānena saṃghasya upasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena annapānasya lābhī saṃvṛttaḥ; yan mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ tena cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; yat kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe pravrajitena paṭhitaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ skandhakauśalaṃ dhātukauśalaṃ āyatanakauśalaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalaṃ sthānāsthānakauśalaṃ ca kṛtaṃ tena devabhūtena mamāntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇāṃ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam
uddānam
haṃśa aṭṭo 'thotsṛṣṭo
mṛgaḥ pūtiś ca markaṭo gajaḥ
bidālo balivardaḥ candrapāṣāṇaḥ
hasti sṛgālo brāhmaṇen ca
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavān paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ parityaktaḥ; āyuṣmatā ānandena na parityaktaḥ; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany abhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of the king Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and his faithful captain Pūrṇamukha, etc.
(concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'navatapte mahāsarasi dhṛtarāṣṭro nāma haṃsādhipatir babhūva; tasya dvau putrau pūrṇaś ca pūrṇamukhaś ca; pūrṇo jyeṣṭhaḥ pūrṇamukhaḥ kaniyān; tato pūrṇaś caṇḍo ( SBV II 193 ) rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; nityam eva haṃsān bhartsayati; keṣāṃcit pakṣān utpāṭayati; keṣāṃcin nakharikābhiḥ kṣataṃ karoti; etāni cānyāni ca upadravaśatāni karoti; te haṃsāḥ pratidinam āgamya dhṛtarāṣṭrasya haṃsādhipater nivedayanti; sa saṃlakṣayati: pūrṇaś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; yady aham enaṃ yauvarājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmi mamātyayād eṣa haṃsayūthaṃ nāśayiṣyati; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tena pūrṇaḥ pūrṇamukhaś ca ubhāv apy uktau; yaḥ utsān sarāṃsi taḍāgāni cāvalokya agrato matsakāsam āgacchati tam ahaṃ haṃsādhipatiṃ sthāpayāmi iti; tāv anyonyaṃ spardhayā paṃcaśataparivārau prankrāntau; tāv itaś cāmutaś ca utsān sarāṃsi taḍāgāni ca avalokayantāv ( A 495a ) anupūrveṇa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm anuprāptau; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena vārāṇasyām udyānasya nātidūre brahmāvatī nāma puṣkariṇī saraḥprativiśiṣṭatarākhyā; tasyāṃ nānāvidhāni jalajāni puṣpāṇi ropitāni; tīre samantāc caturṣv api pārśveṣu anekāni puṣpaphalavṛkṣasahasrāṇi ropitāni; sā utpalakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃchannā anekataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍitā bahuvividhavihaganikūjitā; tasyās tāṃ vibhūtiṃ dṛṣṭvā pūrṇo haṃsaḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ avatīrya yatheṣṭagatipracāratayā krīḍitum ārabdhaḥ; pūrṇamukho 'pi svayūthyair ucyate: tvam apy avatīrya krīḍa iti; sa kathayati: rājyaṃ tāvat pratīcchāmi; tataḥ paścād āgamya krīḍiṣyāmi iti; tena laghu laghv eva gatvā rājyaṃ pratīṣṭaṃ: tataḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ vārāṇasīm āgamya brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrya krīḍitum ārabdhaḥ; taṃ tathā pramodavihāriṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā janakāyaḥ saṃśayam āpannaḥ: aho paramadarśanīyo haṃsādhipatiḥ kuto 'pīha saṃprāptaḥ; brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm alaṃkṛtya sarvajalacarān pakṣiṇo rūpaśobhayā abhibhūya lokasya spṛhām utpādayati; yatheṣṭaṃ ca viharati iti; śrutvā sarva eva vārāṇasīnivāsī janakāyaḥ samantād brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīṃ parivārya, tasya visrabdhavihāratāṃ rūpaśobhāṃ ca nirīkṣamāṇaḥ avasthitaḥ; amātyai rājño niveditaṃ: deva kuto 'pi haṃsādhipatir āgataḥ; sa brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrya anekahaṃsaśataparivāraḥ sarvān jalacarān pakṣiṇo rūpaśobhayā abhibhūya ( SBV II 194 ) lokasya spṛhām utpādayan visrabdhavihāratayā tiṣṭhati iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ yady evam āhūyantāṃ śākunikāḥ iti; tair āhūtāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ śrūyate brahmāvatyāṃ puṣkariṇyām atiparamadarśanīyavigraho haṃsādhipatiḥ kuto 'py āgataḥ; sa yuṣmābhir eka akṣataḥ pāśair badhvā matsakāśam āneyaḥ; iti; sa taiḥ paramasukumāreṇa pāśena baddhaḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
saṃsyandito 'smi baddho manuṣyavaśam āgato 'ham /
acikitsya ādāya haṃsayūthaṃ gacchata śīghraṃ hy anavataptam // iti
ekonāni paṃcaśatāni niṣpalāyitāni; eko na niṣpalāyitaḥ; tam eva ca baddhaṃ śocamāno 'vasthitaḥ; śākunikās te dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannāḥ; rājabhayān na badhnanti; nāpi praghātayanti; te taṃ haṃsādhipatim ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; sa dvitīyaḥ abaddhaḥ; snehapāśapāśitaḥ svayam eva gataḥ; sa haṃsādhipatī rājña upanītaḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto 'yaṃ dvitīyaḥ kimartham ānītaḥ? te kathayanti: deva nāsmābhir ayaṃ baddhaḥ; api tu svayam evāgataḥ iti; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: nūnam asyeyaṃ ( A 495b ) bhāryā; gacchata; etaṃ haṃsādhipatiṃ saha bhāryayā muñcata; na ca yuṣmābhiḥ kenacid api etau praghātyau iti; śākunikāḥ kathayanti: deva anya praghātayiṣyanti; janakāyasya nivedyatām iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata deva evaṃ samājñāpayati, na kenacid madviṣayanivāsinā jalacarāḥ pakṣiṇo ghātayitavyāḥ iti; tair ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pūrṇamukho haṃsādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā sā tasya patnī sa evāsāv ānandaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca haṃsaśatāni, etāny eva tāni ekonāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhir haṃsabhūtaiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena haṃsabhūtena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena bhikṣuṇā na parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi bhikṣavaḥ yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ, ānandena bhikṣuṇā na parityakta tac chrūyatām ( SBV II 195 )
The story of Karadaṇḍī, the Sahasrayodha
(concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryām aṭṭo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya paṃcāmātyaśatāni yeṣām anubhāvāt prātisīmaiḥ koṭṭarājabhir nābhibhūyate; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathāt karadaṇḍī nāma sahasrayodhī abhyāgataḥ; so 'nyatamenāmātyena rājñaḥ sakāśam upanītaḥ; deva ayaṃ karadaṇḍī nāma sahasrayodhī; devam uddiśya dakṣiṇāpathād āgataḥ; tad arhati devo 'sya parigrahaṃ kartum iti; sa rājñā parigṛhītaḥ; bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena aṭṭasya rājñaḥ bhūmyantarā rājānaḥ upacittabalasādhanāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; te caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyam aṭṭaṃ rājānam abhigatāḥ yuddhāya; aṭṭo 'pi rājā caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ bhūmyantarān rājñaḥ pratyabhiniryāto yuddhāya; aṭṭena rājñā bhūmyantarā rājanaḥ jītāḥ bhītaḥ bhagnāḥ parājitāḥ parāpṛṣṭhīkṛtāḥ svaksvakān viṣayān gatāḥ; taiḥ punar api sannipatya aṭṭasya rājñaḥ paṃcāmātyaśatāni upaskāreṇa bhagnāni: āgacchata yūyaṃ; yuṣmān prativiśiṣṭaraiḥ bhogaiḥ saṃvibhajāmaḥ iti; te saṃpratipannāḥ; tato bhūmyantarā rājanaḥ punar api caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyam aṭṭam rājānam abhigatā yauddhāya; aṭṭo 'pi nāma caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ bhūmyantarān rājñaḥ pratyabhiniryāto yuddhāya; aṭṭasya rājñaḥ paṃca amātyaśatāni yuddhe vartamāne pratinivartya karaṇḍdinā sahasrayodhena sārdhaṃ yoddhum ārabdhāni ( A 496a ) rājā dṛṣṭvā vyathitaḥ; karadaṇḍī sahasrayodho gāthāṃ bhāṣate
tyajanti sarvamitrāṇi cirasaṃstutikāni te / ( SBV II 196 )
mitraṃ te karadaṇḍī tu tvām eko na prahāsyati // iti
tena te sarve praghātitāḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sāv aṭṭo nāma rājā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā 'sau karadaṇḍī sahasrayodhaḥ ānandaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni paṃca amātyaśatāni etāny eva tāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ, ānandena na parityakta tac chrūyatām
The story of a lion and his jackal-friend
(concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ anyatamasmin parvataikadeśe siṃho mṛgapatir babhūva; tasya paṃca sṛgālaśatāni vighasakhādakāni nityānubaddhāni parvatam upaniśritya tiṣṭhanti; siṃhaḥ prāṇino ghātayitvā varamāṃsāni vararudhirāṇi ca pītvā nirapekṣaḥ prakrāmati; teṣām evaṃ mahān kālo 'tikrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃho mṛgarājaḥ rātrau prāṇinaḥ samanveṣamānaḥ kūpe patitaḥ; teṣāṃ paṃcānāṃ sṛgālaśatānām ekonāni prakrāntāni; ekaḥ kūpataṭe avasthitaḥ; cintayati ca: ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yenemaṃ samuddhareyam iti; sa itaś cāmutaś ca kūpasāmantakena paryaṭitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati: kūpasya nātidūre palvalaṃ; tena vicārya ekadeśena suraṅgo nikhātaḥ; tatas tad udapānaṃ palvalāt salilena pūrṇaṃ; siṃhaḥ svayam evotthitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
kartavyāni ca mitrāṇi durbalāni balāny api /
paśya siṃhaḥ sṛgālena jīrṇakūpāt samuddhṛtaḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sīmhaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; sṛgāla ānando bhikṣuḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca sṛgālaśatāni etāny eva paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy ( SBV II 197 ) aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ tac chrūyatām
The story of a Mṛgī and Mṛgādhipati
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe paṃcānāṃ mṛgaśatānāṃ mṛgādhipatir babhūva; yāvad anyatamena lubdhakena mṛgāṇāṃ vadhāya prabhūtāḥ kūṭapāśāḥ lepāś ca vyavasthāpitāḥ; sa ca mṛgādhipatiḥ visrabdhavihāratayā paṃcaśataparivāro mṛgadāve paribhramati; sa mṛgayūthasyāgrato gacchan pāśena baddhaḥ; taṃ baddhaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve mṛgā niṣpalāyitāḥ; ekā mṛgī yūthapateḥ pārśve avasthitā; sa mṛgādhipatir vyāyacchati pāśaṃ chettuṃ; sa śaknoti; taṃ tathā calantaṃ dṛṣṭvā sā mṛgī gāthāṃ bhāṣate
vyāyamasva mahābhāga vyāyamasva mṛgottama /
āgamiṣyati lubdho 'sau pāśo yenaiṣa āhṛtaḥ // ( A 496b )
so 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate
kiṃ karomi na śaknomi bhinadmy āśu mahīm imāṃ /
dṛḍhāni carmapāśāni pādau karṣanti me bhṛśam // iti
tato 'sau lubdhakaḥ dhanurbāṇapāṇiḥ kāṣāyavastravasitaḥ taṃ pradeśam upasaṃkrāmati; adrākṣīt sā mṛgī taṃ lubdhakaṃ vadhāyodyataṃ mṛgādhipatim upasaṃkrāntaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punas tvaritatvaritā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
vyāyamasva mahābhāga vyāyamasva mṛgottama /
āgato hy eṣa lubdho 'sau pāśo yenaiṣa āhṛtaḥ //iti
so 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate
kiṃ karomi na śaknomi bhinadmy āśu mahīm imāṃ /
dṛḍhāni carmapāśāni pādau karṣanti me bhṛśam // iti ( SBV II 198 )

tataḥ sā mṛgī śūnyahṛdayā taṃ mṛgalubdhakam imāṃ gāthāṃ tatsamīpe bhāṣate
lubdhāvatāraya dhanur asiṃ gṛhṇīṣva lubdhaka /
pūrvaṃ ghātaya māṃ tāvat tataḥ paścān mṛgādhipatam // iti
tataḥ sa mṛgalubdhakaḥ vismayāvarjitamatiḥ kathayati: kas tavaiṣa bhavati? iti; sā kathayati: svāmi iti; sa taṃ gāthayā pratyabhāṣata
nāhaṃ tvā ghatāyiṣyāmi na haniṣye mṛgādhipam /
saṃgamaṃ te kariṣyāmi priyeṇa patinā saha // iti
sāpi gāthāṃ bhāṣate
yathāhaṃ ludha modāmi priyeṇa patinā saha /
evaṃ tvaṃ lubdha modasva saha sarvaiḥ svabāndhavaiḥ // iti
tatas tena lubdhena bhūyasyā mātrayā vismayajātena mṛgo muktaḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau mṛgādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā sā mṛgī ānandaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca mṛgaśatāni etāny eva ekonāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ pūtiḥ pūtinā lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa pūtinā pūtir lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of a jackal competing with an elephant
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin paravataikadeśe mahat padmasaraḥ; tasya samīpe hastī prativasati; aparasminn api pradeśe sṛgālaḥ prativasati; yāvad apareṇa samayena hastī tasmāt padmasarasaḥ pānīyaṃ pītvā uttiṣṭhati; sṛgālaś cāvatarati; tena hastī uktaḥ; yuddhaṃ vā anuprayaccha mārgaṃ vā iti; hastī saṃlakṣayati: ( SBV II 199 ) pūtir ayaṃ tapasvī dhvāṅkṣaś ca; yad enaṃ pādena ghātayiṣyāmi, śuṇḍayā vā dantena vā aśucinā vā nāśayiṣyāmi iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: sarvathā pūtir ayaṃ pūtinaiva hantavyaḥ; iti viditvā gathāṃ bhāṣate
na tvā padbhyāṃ haniṣyāmi na dantābhyāṃ na śuṇḍayā /
pūtinā tvāṃ haniṣyāmi pūtir hanyeta pūtinā // iti
hastī saṃlakṣayati: apakramyaikānte gacchāmi; niyatam eṣa māṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugacchati iti; sa mārgād apakramya tvaritatvaritaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; ( A 497a ) sṛgālaḥ saṃlakṣayati: vacanamātreṇaiva eṣa bhagno mayā yena tvaritatvaritaṃ niṣpalāyitaḥ iti; sa tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhaḥ; hastinā samīpaṃ gataṃ jñātvā tasyopari mahatā vegena purīṣaṃ muktaṃ; patitaḥ kālagataḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena tadāpy eṣa pūtinā pūtir hataḥ iti; etarhy apy eṣa pūtinā pūtir lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ
[Here there is a leaf missing, seemingly because of an error of the scribe himself.]
punar api bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of Āgneya, the cat
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe mūṣikāṇāṃ yūthapatiḥ paṃcaśataparivāro 'vatiṣṭhate; āgneyo nāma biḍālaḥ; tena taruṇāvasthāyāṃ yasmin pradeśe prativasati; tatsāmantakena sarve mūṣikāḥ praghātitāḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena jīrṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; parākrameṇa na śaknoti mūṣikān grahītuṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: pūrvam ahaṃ taruṇāvasthāyāṃ śaktaḥ parākrameṇa mūṣikān grahītum; idānīm aśaktaḥ; kiṃ tu upāyasaṃvidhānena bhakṣayāmi iti; sa śanair ( SBV II 200 ) mandaṃ mandaṃ mūṣikān paryeṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tena paryeṣamāṇena paṃcaśatiko mūṣikayūthaḥ parijñātaḥ; sa muṣikavivarasya nātidūre kṛtakena tapas tapyati; sa mūṣikair bhramadbhir dṛṣṭaḥ śānteneryāpathena avasthitaḥ; te dūrataḥ sthitvā kathayanti: mātula kiṃ karoṣi iti; sa kathayati:mayā taruṇāvasthāyāṃ prabhūtam apuṇyaṃ kṛtaṃ; tasya kṣapaṇāya tapaś carāmi iti; teṣāṃ tasyāntike dharmānvayaprasādaḥ upapannaḥ; virato 'yaṃ tasmāt pāpakād asaddharmād iti; te taṃ pratidinaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya vivaraṃ praviśanti; sa teṣāṃ paścimaṃ gṛhītvā bhakṣayati; yāvad asau yūthaḥ parihīyate; yūthapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: mama mūṣikāḥ parihīyante; ayaṃ ca biḍālo balavān jātaḥ; kāraṇenātra bhavitavyam iti; sa biḍālasya viṣṭhāṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati sarvalomikāṃ viṣṭhāṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: niyatam anena mūṣikāḥ praghātyante; yannv aham enaṃ gṛhṇīyām iti; ( A 497b ) sa tasyādarśanapathe nirīkṣamāṇaḥ tatparo vyavasthitaḥ; yāvat tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ paścimaṃ mūṣikaṃ bhakṣayan; sa tam upasaṃkramya dūreṇa gatvā gāthayā pratyabhāṣata
vardhate mātulasyāṅgaṃ ganaś ca parihīyate /
na mūlaphalabhakṣasya viṣṭhā bhavati romaśā //
nāyaṃ śikhī dharmaśikhī arthahetor ayaṃ śikhī /
svasti te 'gneya bhavatu parihīyanti mūṣakāḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena āgneyo biḍālaḥ devadattaḥ saḥ; tadāpy anena dharmamukhikayā mūṣikā bhakṣitāḥ; etarhy apy anena dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta ye bhagavato dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttīrṇāḥ; ye devadattaḥ dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany ye mama dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttīrṇāḥ; ye dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ; tac chrūyatām ( SBV II 201 )
The story of a bull that got entangled other bulls into trouble by bad counsels
(concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau sārthavāhau paṃcabhiḥ śakaṭaśataiḥ sārdham anuvyaharamāṇau kāntāramārgaṃ pratipannau; tavyoḥ kāntāramārgapratipannayoḥ kadācid balīvardānāṃ parītto yavaso bhavati; pānīyaṃca kadācit parīttaṃ bhavati; kadācin nāsty eva; tato 'sau sārthaḥ saha balīvardaiḥ atīva pariśrāntaḥ kṛcchreṇa kāntāmārgaṃ pratipannaḥ paśyati anyatarasmin pradeśe haritaśādvalaṃ salilasaṃpannaṃ ca snātāḥ; prabhūtaṃ ca pānīyaṃ pītaṃ; tatas te balīvardāḥ parīttena pānyena yavasena ca parikhinnāḥ, paryāptaṃ yavasaṃ pānīyaṃ ca pītvā viśrāntāḥ; teṣāṃ yaḥ pradhāno balīvardaḥ sa tān prabodhayati: bhavanto vayaṃ parīttena yavasena parīttena ca pānīyena parikheditāḥ; ayaṃ pradeśo haritaśādvalaḥ salilasaṃpannaś ca; yadi bhavatām abhipretam ihaiva haṭhaṃ kṛtvā tiṣṭhāmaḥ iti; dvitīyaḥ pradhānabalīvardaś ca yūthyān kathayati: bhavanto balavanto manuṣyāḥ durdāntadamakāḥ; yathaiva vayaṃ vahāmas tathaiva vahata; mā anarthaṃ prāpayiṣyatha iti; evam ukte pradhānabalīvardo ruṣitaḥ svayūthyān kathayati: bhavantaḥ kena candrasya pṛṣṭhaṃ ( A 498a ) dṛṣṭam ebhir yuṣmābhir na voḍhavyam iti; yāvat sārthikā balīvardān yojayitum ārabdhāḥ; te balīvardair bhreṣaṇarūpā avasthāpitāḥ; sārthikā prabhūtān prahārān datvā pratodayaṣṭibhir ātāḍya ātāḍya rudhireṇa pragharatā śakaṭe yojitāḥ; anye tūṣṇīṃ voḍhum ārabdhāḥ; teṣāṃ na kiṃcit kṛtaṃ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
mithyā hi coditāḥ paśya balīvardena gā imāḥ /
vikartitābhirudhirāḥ kṣutpipāsapramarditāḥ //
samyak ca coditāḥ paśya balīvardena gā imāḥ /
te vai nistīrṇakāntārāḥ jalaṃ śītaṃ pibanti hi //
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pradhāno balīvardaḥ yena te samyag eva coditāḥ ahaṃ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yena tu ( SBV II 202 ) balīvardā viprasthāpitāḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpi yair mama vacanaṃ śrutaṃ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ kāntāramārgaṃ nistīrṇāḥ; yair devadattasya vacanaṃ śrutaṃ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ; etarhy api ye mama dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntāramārgād uttīrṇāḥ; ye devadattasya dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatto mūrkho murkhaparivāraḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvani devadatto mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of the leader of the monkeys

(concerning a previous life of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin araṇyāyatane markaṭayūthapatiḥ prativasati; tena paribhramatā kūpe candrabimbakaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; yūthapatiḥ kathayati: bhavantaḥ candraḥ kūpe patitaḥ; uddharāmaḥ; kim acandrako loko bhaviṣyati? iti; te kathayanti: śobhanam; uddharāmaḥ iti; te saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: katham atra uddhartavyaḥ? iti; apare kathayanti: kim atra jñāyate? markaṭarajjuṃ kṛtvā samuddharāmaḥ iti; tair markaṭarajjuḥ kṛtā; ekaḥ śākhāyāṃ lagnaḥ; tasya pucche aparo lagnaḥ; tasyāpy aparo lagna ity evaṃ sarve lagnāḥ; śākhā atibhārā jātā; te pānīyaṃ vikṣobhayitum ārabdhāḥ; candrapratibimbakaṃ naṣṭaṃ; śākhā bhagnā; sarve kūpe patitāḥ; anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
yeṣām iha hi mūrkāṇāṃ mūrkho bhavati nāyakaḥ /
sarve te nidhanaṃ yānti candroddhārā iva vānarāḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau markaṭayūthapatiḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ
The five causes of the division of the congregation
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: tathāgatasya saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārāṇi karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny ( A 498b ) avaśyabhāvīni; tathāgatenaiva karmāṇi ( SBV II 203 ) kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na hi karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni
bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām; avaśyaṃ devadattena tathāgatasya saṃgho bhettavyaḥ
paṃcabhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ saṃgho bhidyate: ādau tāvat saṃgho na bhidyate; yāvat buddho loke utpadyate lokas tāvat tanmukho 'vatiṣṭhate buddhaḥ kila mārṣā loka utpanna iti; parinirvṛte śāstari saṃgho bhidyate; yaḥ kaścid evaṃ brūyād: aham eva śāstā iti tasya vaktavyaṃ: yadā bhagavān jīvati tiṣṭhati dhriyate yāpayati tadā tvaṃ kva āsīḥ? arbude anutpanne saṃgho na bhidyate dṛṣṭyarbude vā śīlārbude vā śrāvakayuge anirdiṣṭe saṃgho na bhidyate; tat kasya hetoḥ saṃgho bhinnaḥ avaśyaṃ śrāvakayugaṃ pratisandhatte; sīmāyām abaddhāyāṃ saṃgho na bhidyate; tat kasya hetoḥ antaḥsīmni saṃgho bhidyate na bahiḥsīmni
Solicitudes of the Buddha
atha bhagavata etad abhavat: mama nirarbude bhikṣusaṃghe arbudam utpannaṃ śīlārbudaṃ dṛṣṭyarbudaṃ ca; śīlārbudam utpāditaṃ sudattena kalantakaputreṇa; dṛṣṭyarbudam ariṣṭena bhikṣuṇā; avaśyaṃ ca devadattena saṃgho bhettavyaḥ; yannv ahaṃ rājagṛhe varṣām upagaccheyam; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yadi tāvat śaikṣāśaikṣaiḥ pudgalaiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhaṃ gamiṣyāmi na śakṣyati devadattaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ kartuṃ; yannv ahaṃ pṛthagjanakalyāṇakaiḥ pudgalaiḥ sārdhaṃ gaccheyam; iti viditvā āyuṣmatā rāhulena upasthāyakena paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ yathābhiramyaṃ śrāvastyāṃ vihṛtya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ iti ( SBV II 204 )
Famine in Rājagṛha, division of the congregation and new rules imparted by Devadatta
buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe varṣā upagato veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam abhūt; kṛcchraḥ kāntāraḥ durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: icchāmy ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ imāṃ traimāsīṃ pratisaṃlātuṃ; na me kenacid bhikṣuṇā upasaṃkramitavyaṃ sthāpayitvā piṇḍapātanirhārakaṃ; tad eva poṣadham iti; bhikṣusaṃghena kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid asmākam imāṃ traimāsīṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyaṃ sthāpayitvā piṇḍapātanirhārakaṃ; tad eva poṣadham iti
tena khalu samayena āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau dakṣiṇāgiriṣu varṣā upagatau; devadattena traimāsīṃ bhikṣusaṃghaḥ pravāritaḥ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; sa trayāṇāṃ va dvikānāṃ vā māsānām atyayād bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: śramaṇa āyuṣmanto gautama evaṃ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayati; āraṇyakatvena bhikṣuḥ śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; piṇḍapātikatvena pāṃsukūlikatvena ( A 499a ) traicīvarikatvena ābhyavakāśikatvena śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; yasya cāyuṣmantaḥ imāni paṃca vratapadāni na rocante na kṣamante na saṃprakhyānti sa śramaṇasya gautamasya ārād bhavatu durād bhavatu; śalākaṃ gṛhṇātu iti; paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ śalākā gṛhītāḥ; devadatta utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; paṃca bhikṣuśatāni pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāni; āyuṣmān rāhulo dvāre tiṣṭhati; tena tāni devadattasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāni dṛṣṭāni; sa kathayati: āyuṣmantaḥ kimarthaṃ tathāgatam arhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham apahāya asya pāpecchasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchata? iti; te kathayanti: āyuṣman rāhula evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre bhagavān adarśano vyavasthitaḥ; vayaṃ ( SBV II 205 ) devadattānubhāvāt prāṇair na viyuktāḥ; yadi devadattena traimāsīṃ bhikṣusaṃgho na pratipādito 'bhaviṣyat, ekaḥ bhikṣur na jīvito 'bhaviṣyad iti
yadā devadattena tathāgatena śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ, tadā mahān pṛthivīcalo jātaḥ; ulkāpātā diśodāhāḥ; devadundubhayaḥ abhinadanti; niyamānavakrāntā niyamaṃ nāvakrāmanti; phalaṃ na prāpnuvanti; vairāgyaṃ na gacchati; āsravān na kṣapayanti; noddiśanti; na paṭhanti; na svādhyāyanti; sūtravinayadharābhidhārmikāraṇyakāḥ sūtravinayābhidharmāraṇyakacintāyāṃ na prayujyante; na śrāvakabodhau bījam āropayanti; na pratyekāyāṃ bodhau; nānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; sadevamānuṣaṃ jagad vyākulaṃ vartate; trisahasramahāsahasre lokadhātau dharmacakraṃ viṣṭhitaṃ na satvasantāne vartate
Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana visit the Buddha and promise to him to restore the congregation

āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau saṃlakṣayanti: kimartham ayaṃ mahāpṛthivīcālaḥ? iti; samanvāhṛtyārhatāṃ jñānadarśanaṃ na pravartate; tau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttau; paśyataḥ: devadattena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhinnaṃ; tayor etad abhavat: gaccāvaḥ bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhātum iti; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau trayāṇāṃ vārṣikāṇāṃ māsānām atyayāt kṛtacīvarau niṣṭhitacīvarau samādāya pātracīvaraṃ yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntau; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ carantau rājagṛham anuprāptau; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān rāhulo dvare tiṣṭhate; athāyuṣmān rāhulaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocad upādyāya devadattena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ iti; ( SBV II 206 ) sa kathayati: āyuṣman etadartham eva vayam āgatāḥ; alpotsukas tvaṃ bhava; pratisandhānaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ; ity uktvā bhagavatsakāśaṃ praviṣṭau; praviśya bahagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāv āyuṣmatau ( A 499b ) śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhagavantam idam avocatāṃ: gachāmo vayaṃ bhadanta tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ sandhātum iti
The sermon on the four merituous men
bhagavān āha: sādhu sādhu śāriputramaudgalyāyanau; bahu sa puṇyaṃ prasūyate apramāṇam asaṃkhyeyaṃ yas tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhatte, tadyathā śatachinnaṃ vālaṃ yaḥ koṭyā koṭiṃ pratisandadhyāt; evam eva sa bahu puṇyaṃ prasūyate aprameyam asaṃkhyeyaṃ yas tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhatte
catvāra ime śāriputramaudgalyāyanau brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavanti; katame catvāraḥ? 1) yaḥ pudgalaḥ apratiṣṭhitapūrve pṛthivīpradeśe tathāgatasya śārīraṃ stūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati; ayaṃ prathamaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 2) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ apratiṣṭhitapūrve pṛthivīpradeśe caturdiśasya bhikṣusaṃghasya vihāraṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati; ayaṃ dvitīyaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 3) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ tathāgataśrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhinnaṃ sandhatte; ayaṃ tritīyaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 4) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ maitrīsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena ekāṃ diśam adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; tathā dvitīyāṃ tathā tṛtīyāṃ tathā caturthīm; ity ūrdhvam adhaḥ tiryak sarvaśaḥ sarvam imaṃ lokaṃ maitrīsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena ( SBV II 207 ) mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; evaṃ karuṇāmuditaupekṣāsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; tathā dvitīyāṃ tathā tṛtīyāṃ tathā caturthīm; ity ūrdhvam adhaḥ tiryak sarvaśaḥ sarvam imaṃ lokaṃ upekṣāsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena ekāṃ diśam adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; ayaṃ caturthaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate
Śāriputra and Mahāmaudgalyāyana visit Devadatta and exhort the misguided monks to return to the true doctrine
āthāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntau; tena khalu samayena devadatto dakṣiṇāgiriṣu buddhalīlayā anudharmaṃ deśayati; kokāliko 'sya dakṣiṇe pārśve niṣaṇṇaḥ; khaṇḍadravyaḥ vāme; adrākṣīd devadattaḥ śāriputramaudgalyāyanau dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mahāśrāvakā api mayā anvāvartitāḥ; idānīm ahaṃ sarvajñaḥ; kokālikaṃ khaṇḍadravyaṃ ca bāhubhyāṃ ( A 500a ) ghaṭṭayati uttiṣṭhottiṣṭheti; tau saṃlakṣayataḥ eṣa evāsmākaṃ doṣo yad asmābhir asya saṃghabhede sāhāyyaṃ kalpitam; uttiṣṭhāmaḥ; yadi prahāraṃ dadāti, balavān eṣa niyatam asmān hanti iti; tāv utthitau; āyuṣmān śāriputro dakṣiṇe pārśve niṣaṇṇaḥ; āyuṣmān maudgalyāyanaḥ uttare iti; tatra devadattaḥ āyuṣmantam śāriputram āmantrayate pratibhātu te śāriputra bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayituṃ; pṛṣṭhī me āvilāyati; tat tāvad āyāmayiṣye iti; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ devadattasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha devadattaś caturguṇam uttarāsaṅgaṃ prajñapya dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayitvā middham avakrāntaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa ( SBV II 208 ) tathādhiṣṭhito yathottānakaḥ kāyena krathamanena avasthitaḥ; tatra āyuṣmān śāriputro bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: paśyata āyuṣmantaḥ śāstur avasthām: uttānakaḥ kāyena krathamānena middham avakrāntaḥ iti; athāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat: saṃvejaya āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana parṣadam iti; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ yathā samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya vividhāny arciṃṣi kāyān niścaranti nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māñjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati uparimāt kāyāt śītalā vāridhārā syandate; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati addhaḥkāyāt śītalā vāridhārā syandate; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśi evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśi; iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidhaṃ ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; āyuṣmantā ca mahāmaudgalyāyanena te bhikṣavaḥ saṃvejitāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa teṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ; yaṃ śrutvā devadatte nirapekṣāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; uktāś ca: yeṣāṃ vaḥ āyuṣmantaḥ śāstā priyaḥ te uttiṣṭhantu; gacchāmaḥ iti
Many misled monks are led back to the Buddha and readmitted into the order without a word of reproach

āyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau saṃprasthitau; bhikṣavaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāḥ; kokālikena devadattaḥ utthāpyate: utthiṣṭhottiṣṭha; mahāśrāvakais te parṣad apahriyate iti; athāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya etad abhavad: yadi devadattasa apaśyataḥ parṣadaṃ neṣyāmi sthānam etad vidyate yad uṣṇaṃ rudhiraṃ chardayitvā kālaṃ kariṣyati; paśyata eva netavyā iti; tau mandagatipracāratayā saṃghasametau gacchataḥ; devadatto 'pi tīvreṇa paryavasthānena akṣiṇī saṃparimārjan pradhāvitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa atiparamabhīṣaṇapātālaprakhyā ( A 500b ) gartā nirmitā; devadattaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattaiḥ sārdhaṃ samantatas tāṃ gartāṃ paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; na śaknoty uttartuṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ( SBV II 209 ) na ca parṣadam ārāgayiṣyāmi; atha ca punar anayena vyasanam āpatsyāmi; iti viditvā pratinivṛttaḥ; āyuṣmantāv api śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhikṣusaṃgham ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; atha te bhikṣavaḥ ālekhajātāḥ madgubhūtāḥ srastaskandhā adhomukhā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāmanti: kathaṃ vā vayaṃ bhagavantam aprameyaguṇasamanvāgatam apahāya pāpecchaṃ devadattaṃ saṃsṛtāḥ iti; atha bhagavān teṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: svāgataṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ supravrajitaṃ; sulabdho vo manuṣyapratilambhaḥ; kadācit karhicid āryāyatane pratyājātiḥ indriyair avikalatā ajaḍatā aneḍamūkatā ahastasaṃvācikatā pratibalatā subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāṃ dharmāṇām artham ājñātuṃ; kadācit karhicit tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā loka utpadyante; kadācit karhicit tathāgatapraveditasya dharmavinayasya loke dharmadeśanā prajñāyate; tad idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ sudurlabhaṃ sudurlabhaṃ yaduta āryāyatane pratyājātiḥ, indriyair avikalatā ajaḍatā aneḍamūkatā ahastasaṃvācikatā pratibalatā subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāṃ dharmāṇām artham ājñātuṃ; ahaṃ caitarhi śāstā loka utpannaḥ tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; dharmaś ca deśyate aupaśamikaḥ pārinirvāṇikaḥ saṃbodhigāmī saugatapratisaṃveditaḥ yaduta asmin sati idaṃ bhavati; asyotpādād idam utpadyate;
yaduta avidyāpratyāyāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānaṃ vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanaṃ ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ sparśapratyayā vedanā vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā tṛṣṇāpratyaym upādānaṃ upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ bhavapratyayā jātiḥ jātipratyayāḥ jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsāḥ saṃbhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yaduta asminn asati na bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ nirudhyate; yaduta avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodho vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodho nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ vedanānirodhāt ( SBV II 210 ) tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ upādānanirodhād bhavanirodho bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā nirudhyante evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati; tasmāt tarhi ( A 501a ) bhikṣavaḥ ātmārthaṃ samanupaśyadbhiḥ parārthaṃ cobhayārthaṃ ca idaṃ pratisaṃśikṣitavyaṃ: kaccin naḥ pravrajya amoghā bhaviṣyanti kriyāḥ saphalāḥ sukhodayāḥ sukhavipākāḥ; yeṣāṃ ca paribhokṣyāmahe cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārān teṣāṃ te kārāḥ kṛtāḥ atyarthaṃ mahāphalā bhaviṣyanti mahānuśaṃsāḥ mahādyutayaḥ mahāvistārāḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam
yadā te bhikṣavo bhagavatā svāgatavādena supravrajitavādena samudācaritāḥ tadā teṣāṃ yat tad abhūn madgutvaṃ kaukṛtyam ālekhaḥ vilekhaḥ vipratisāraḥ tat sarveṇa sarvaṃ prativigataṃ; tato 'nye bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām
The story of a ṛṣi living in the country
(concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasminn āśramapade mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne nānāvṛkṣopaśobhite anekapakṣigaṇaniṣevite ṛṣiḥ prativasati paṃcānām ṛṣiśatānāṃ pramukhaḥ; yāvad anyaḥ ṛṣiḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran tadāśramapadam anuprāptaḥ; sa tena ṛṣiṇā na samyak pratimānitaḥ; tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa tasya parṣad bhidyate: ayaṃ pāpecchaḥ ṛṣir na kiṃcid api jānīte; kimartham asya sakāśe tiṣṭhatha? āgacchata; mayā sārdhaṃ gacchata; ahaṃ yuṣmān paṃcasv abhijñāsu pratiṣṭhāpayāmi iti; tena bhidyamānās te tasya ṛṣer avavādena avatiṣṭhante; tena ṛṣiṇā saṃlakṣitam: anena pāpakāriṇā mamaite ṛṣayo bhinnāḥ iti; sa tam upasāntvayitum ārabdhaḥ: mā āyuṣman parṣadbhedaṃ kuru; naiṣa ṛṣidharmaḥ iti; tathāpy asau bhinatty eva, nāvatiṣṭhate iti sa ṛṣir durmanāḥ upāyasaṃvidhānena avasthitaḥ; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka ( SBV II 211 ) utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; atha anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caran tasya ṛṣer āśramapadam anuprāptaḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ śānteryāpathaś ca; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā abhiprasannaḥ; tena tasmai kārān kṛtvā mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ: yan mamānena pāparṣiṇā parṣadbhedaḥ kṛtaḥ aham asya sarvajñeyavaśiprāptasyāpi parṣadbhedaṃ kuryām iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau jānapadaḥ ṛṣiḥ yena tasya ṛṣeḥ parṣad bhinnā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau naivāsikaḥ ṛṣiḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yan mayā asya parṣad bhinnā tasya karmaṇo vipākena anena mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ kṛtvā saṃgho mama bhinnaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ pūrvavad ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ ( A 501b ) sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattena sabāhyān abhyantarīkṛtya abhyantarāṃś ca bāhyīkṛtya parṣad hāritā iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena sabāhyān abhyantarīkṛtya abhyantarāṃś ca bāhyīkṛtya parṣad hāritā; tac chrūyatām
The story of a jackal, Śatadru by name
(concerning a previous life of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe sṛgālaḥ prāṇī prativasati; sa atilolupaḥ araṇye paryaṭati grāme 'pi; so 'nupūrveṇa paryaṭan nīlarajakagṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; nīlakuṇḍe patitaḥ; tena ghṛṇā gṛhītā; tasya nātidūre ūṣasya puñjas tiṣṭhati; sa tasmin patitaḥ pārśvena pārśvaṃ luṭhitaḥ; sa bhūyasyā mātrayā śarīraṃ jugupsamānaḥ pānīye patitaḥ; utthāya saṃprasthitaḥ ādityaraśmispṛṣṭaḥ mecakavarṇo jātaḥ; yāvat sṛgālair dṛṣṭaḥ; te samantād vidrutāḥ; dūre sthitvā kathayanti: kas tvaṃ? kuto vā abhyāgataḥ? iti; sa kathayati: ( SBV II 212 ) ahaṃ śatadrunāmā śakreṇa devendreṇa catuṣpadānāṃ rājye abhiṣiktaḥ iti; sṛgālāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: apūrvarūpo 'yaṃ; nūnam evaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sṛgālaiḥ sarvacatuṣpadānāṃ niveditaṃ; siṃhāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: ko 'sāv asmat prativiśiṣṭo yaś catuṣpadānāṃ rājā bhaviṣyati? gacchāmas tāvat; svasya yūthapater nivedayāmaḥ iti; teṣāṃ yūthapatir anyatamasmin parvataikadeśe nivasati; sa kesarī paṭṭadhārī; tais tasya niveditaṃ; tenānyacatuṣpadasya ājñā dattā: gaccha catuṣpadādhipatiṃ nirīkṣasva kim asau kenacic catuṣpadena dṛṣṭo na vā iti; sa tena gatvā pratyavekṣitaḥ apūrvadarśanaḥ; sarvaiś catuṣpadaiḥ parivṛtaḥ sthāpayitvā siṃhān; tena tasya yathādṛṣṭaṃ gatvā niveditaṃ; sa śrutvā siṃhayūthaparivṛtaḥ tasya sakāśam abhigataḥ; so 'nekacatuṣpadaparivṛtaḥ hastiskandhābhirūḍhaḥ anvāhiṇḍate; taṃ parivārya siṃhā gacchanti; tato vyāghrāḥ; tato 'nye catuṣpadāḥ; teṣāṃ bahir dūreṇa sṛgālāḥ; tasya mātā anyasmin parvatakuñje prativasati; tasyās tena sṛgālaḥ preṣitaḥ: āgaccha putrarājyaṃ pratyanubhava iti; sā kathayati: kīdṛśaḥ tasya parivāraḥ? iti; sa kathayati: siṃhavyāghrā hastinaś ca abhyantaraparivāraḥ; vayaṃ tu bāhyāḥ iti; sā kathayati: gaccha; vinaṣṭaḥ sa iti; sā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
sukhaṃ vasāmy asya girer nikuñje
svasthā jalaṃ śītam ahaṃ pibanti /
tāvat sukhaṃ gacchati hastināsau
śṛṇoti yāvan na sṛgālaśabdam // iti
sa gataḥ; tena teṣāṃ sṛgālānāṃ niveditaṃ: sṛgāla evāyaṃ catuṣpadānāṃ rājā; dṛṣṭāsya mayā mātā, yā amuṣmin parvatanikuñe prativasati iti; te kathayanti: yady evaṃ vayam enaṃ jñāsyāmaḥ sṛgālo vā na vā iti; dharmatā hy eṣā sṛgālānāṃ yaḥ sṛgālaśabdaṃ śrutvā na vāśate, tasya romāṇi patiṣyanti; sṛgālā vāśitum ārabdhāḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ na raumi, niyataṃ mama romāṇi patiṣyanti; yadi ( A 502a ) hastiskandhād avatīrya raviṣyāmi, mām ete praghātayiṣyanti; atraiva viraumi iti; sa hastiskandha eva vāśitum ārabdhaḥ; hastinā jñātaṃ sṛgālo māṃ vahatīti; tenāsau pātayitvā padbhyāṃ marditaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV II 213 )
yasya vābhyantarā bāhyā bāhyā vābhyantarīkṛtāḥ /

sa evaṃ nidhanaṃ yāti hastinā kroṣṭuko yathā // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa abhyantarān bāhyīkṛtya bāhyāṃś ca abhyantarīkṛtya anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy anena abhyantarān bāhyīkṛtya bāhyāṃś ca abhyantarīkṛtya pariṣad hāritā
devadatta gets angry with Kokālika and Khaṇḍadravya
yadā āyuṣmadbhyāṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devattasya parṣad apahṛtā tadā devadattaḥ kokālikaṃ khaṇḍadravyaṃ ca tāḍayitum ārabdhaḥ: yuvābhyāṃ mama parṣad hāritā iti; bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta anyair devadattasya parṣad apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anyenaivāsya bhāryā apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditaṃ; tac chrūyatām
The story of the elephant
(concerning a previous life of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe hastiyūthapatiḥ prativasati; tatrāpy anyatamasya hastino 'nyatarā hastinī bahumatā; sānyatamasmin kalabhake 'tyarthaṃ saktā; tayāsau kalabha ucyate; niṣpalāyāmahe iti; sa kathayati: ko 'sāv upāyo yena niṣpalāyyāmahe iti; sā kathayati: aham upāyaṃ jāne; tayor gajo 'bhihitaḥ; snāyāmo hradam avatarāmaḥ iti; so 'vatīrṇaḥ; sā kathayati: paśyāmaḥ kaḥ āvayoś cirataraṃ nimagnas tiṣṭhati iti; sa mohapuñjas tayā sārdham udake nimagnaḥ; sā utthāya kalabhahastinā niṣpalāyitā; sa hastī ciraṃ sthitvā utthito na paśyati; sa saṃlakṣayati: bhūyo nimajjāmi mā me syāt parājayaḥ iti; bhūyo nimagnaḥ dantau nikhātyāvasthitaḥ sucirād gatapratyudgataprāṇaḥ; vyutthito na paśyati tāṃ hastinīṃ; sa taṃ hradam itaś cāmutaś ca kṣobhayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena tatra bahavo matsyakacchapamaṇḍūkādayaḥ prāṇino 'nayena vyasanam āpaditāḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV II 214 )
vṛndī batāyaṃ sumahān prajñāpy asya na vidyate /
anyenāsya hṛtā bhāryā anye duḥkhasya bhāginaḥ // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau hastināgaḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy asya anyena bhāryā apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditaṃ
uddānam
vīciḥ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ caiva vadha utpalavarṇayā /
kuṇḍī trayaṃ tathā kṣīraṃ gopikā ca kṣamāpaṇā /
asthīni cetikaś caiva pakṣiṇā caramaṃ padaṃ //
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta āyuṣmadbhyāṃ ( A 502b ) śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devadattasya vīcim āgamayamānābhyāṃ vīcir labdhaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvani śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devadattasya vīcim āgamayamānābhyāṃ vīcir labdhaḥ; tac chrūyatām
The story of a leader of the thieves
(concerning a previous life of Devadatta, etc)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake iṣvastrācāryaḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kulasadṛśaṃ ( SBV II 215 ) nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sā unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā; iṣvastrācāryaḥ saṃlakṣayati: iyaṃ dārikā na mayā kasyacid rūpeṇa dātavyā na śīlena nāpi dhanena; api tu yo matsakāśāt paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī bhavati, tasyaiṣā mayā deyā iti; tasya ca sakāśād dvau māṇavau iṣvastraṃ śikṣitau; tatraikaḥ paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī; dvitīyas tu chedye kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; tasmai tena sā dārikā dattā; so 'nyaḥ saṃjātāmarṣaḥ corāṇāṃ madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ, paṃcānāṃ coraśatānāṃ senāpatir jātaḥ; sa ekasmin pradeśe mārgaṃ badhvā avasthitaḥ; prathamas tāṃ patnīṃ pariṇīya ratha āropya svagṛhaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvac corabhayāt sārthaḥ agrato gacchan sthitaḥ; sa kathayati: bhavanto gacchata; kiṃ tiṣṭhatha? iti; te kathayanti: corair mārgo baddhaḥ iti; sa kathayati: āryā gacchata; kiṃ kariṣyanti iti; sa saṃprasthitaḥ; sārthikāḥ kathayanti: bhavanto gacchatv eṣaḥ; tiṣṭhāmas tāvat; sthānam etad vidyate yad ayam ātmānaṃ dārayiṣyati; patnīṃ ca hārayiṣyati iti; corā vṛkṣam adhiruhya digavalokanaṃ kurvanto 'vasthitāḥ; tair asau rathābhirūḍho dṛṣṭaḥ; kathayanti: bhavantaḥ puruṣo rathābhirūḍhaḥ āgacchati iti; corasenāpatinā dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ: nivartaya ratham iti; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ śūrasya śūraparihāraṃ prayacchata iti; te kathayanti: vayam api śūrāḥ iti; senāpatinā paṃca corāḥ preṣitāḥ; tena te praghātitāḥ; evaṃ viṃśatir āgatāḥ, te 'pi praghātitāḥ; yāvat sarve praghātitāḥ; senāpatir eko 'vaśiṣṭaḥ; sa khaḍgam ādāya agrataḥ sthitaḥ; sa śarān kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; sa khadgena chinatti; yāvat tena paṃcaśatikas tūṇīraḥ kṣiptaḥ; tena sarve khaḍgena chinnāḥ; ekaḥ śaro 'vasthitaḥ; sa taṃ na muñcati; sā dārikā kathayati: muñca śaraṃ; kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhati? iti; sa kathayati: eṣa eva eko 'vaśiṣṭaḥ, eṣa cen muktaḥ, ahaṃ praghātitaḥ; tvaṃ cāpahṛtā iti; tataḥ sā dārikā vijṛmbhamāṇā veṇiṃ bandhum ārabdhā; corasenāpatis tasyām avekṣamāṇāyām nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; sa tena śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ; sa mriyamāṇo gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV II 216 ) ( A 503a )
nāhaṃ rathikena hato hato 'smi lolena pāpacittena /
yo 'haṃ raṇamadhyagataḥ pramadāvadanaṃ nirīkṣāmi // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau rathikaḥ śāriputraḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau dārikā maudgalyāyanaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau corasenāpatir devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadā ābhyām asya vīciṃ paryeṣamāṇābhyāṃ vīcir labdhā; etarhy api ābhyām asya vīciṃ paryeṣamāṇābhyāṃ vīcir labdhā
The fruit of monachal life in the visible world Ajātaśatru visits the Buddha
1. buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe varṣā upagato jīvakasya kumārabhṛtasya āmravaṇe; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ tadaiva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām upariprāsādatalagataḥ amātyān āmantrayate: hambho grāmaṇyaḥ evaṃrūpāyāṃ jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ kim asmābhiḥ karaṇīyaṃ syāt?

2. athānyatamā avaruddhikā strī rājānam ajātaśatruṃ vaidehīputram idam avocat: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaḥ paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍed rameta paricārayed idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
3. athānyatamā avaruddhikā evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaḥ rājagṛhasya nagarasya anuparyāyapathakān anvāhiṇḍan paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍed rameta paricārayed idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
4. udāyibhadra kumāraḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām ( SBV II 217 ) abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaś caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyaṃ rathakāyam aśvakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ pararāṣṭraṃ paraviṣayaṃ gatvā mahāntaṃ saṅgrāmaṃ saṅgrāmya vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ tadaiva saṃgrāmaśirasi nirjito 'dhyāvased; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
5. athānyataro vṛddhāmātyaḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā ca janakāyena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ paṃcamātrāṇām ājīvikaśatānāṃ pramukhaḥ; so 'smin rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
6. athānyataro vṛddhāmātyaḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām ( A 503b ) āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ maskarī gośālīputraḥ sañjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyanaḥ tathā ca nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā ca gaṇena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ amuṣminn eva rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
7. tena khalu samayena jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam āmantrayate: aho jīvaka kim asi tuṣṇīṃ? kiṃ na lapasi? sa kathayati: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ bhagavān saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā gaṇena ca saṃpuraskṛtaḥ asminn eva rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ asmākam eva āmravaṇe; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye
8. tena khalu samayena rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya ( SBV II 218 ) bhagavannimmaṃ cittaṃ bhagavatpravaṇaṃ bhagavatprāgbhāraṃ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: gacha jīvaka hastināgaṃ sannāhaya yatrāham abhirūḍhaḥ adyaiva bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramiṣyāmi; evaṃ deveti jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛto rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya pratiśrutya mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ sannāhya paṃcamātrāṇi hastinīśatāni paṃcamātrāṇi avaruddhikāśatāni pradīpikāhastāni pratyekapratyekaṃ hastinīṣv āropya yena rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrus tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ māgadham ajātaśatruṃ vaidehīputram idam avocat: sannaddho devasya mahān hastināgaḥ; yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyate iti; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ mahāntaṃ hastināgam abhiruhya paṃcamātrair avaruddhikāśataiḥ pratyekapratyekaṃ hastinīṣv abhirūḍhaiḥ pradīpikāhastaiḥ saṃpuraskṛto rājagṛhān niryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramituṃ pratyupāsanāya
9. tena khalu samayena rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ vṛjibhiḥ sārdhaṃ viruddhaḥ; atho rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya samanantaraniṣkrāntasya rājagṛhād abhūd bhayam abhūt chambhitatvam abhūd romaharaḥ: mā me jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ ghātayitukāmo bhavati? vañcayitukāmo vā? vadhakebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? iti viditvā jīvikaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: māsi māṃ jīvika ghātayitukāmo vā lāpayitukāmo vā vañcayitukāmo vā ( A 504a ) vadhakebhyo vā pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? sa evam āha: nāhaṃ deva tvāṃ ghātayitukāmaḥ na lāpayitukāmaḥ na vañcayitukāmaḥ nāpi vadhakebhyaḥ pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ iti
10. atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvikaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: kiyatparivāraḥ sa bhagavān sātirekāny asya ardhatrayodaśabhikṣuśatāni; aho jīvaka kathaṃ tvaṃ māṃ na ghātayitukāmo vā na lāpayitukāmo vā nāpi vadhakebhyo vā pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? yatredānīm iyatparivārasya naivotkāsanaśabdaḥ śrūyate? alpaśabdakāmo deva sa bhagavān alpaśabdanirataḥ alpaśabdasaṃtuṣṭaḥ ( SBV II 219 ) alpaśabdatāyāś ca sa varṇavādī; tasya parṣad alpaśabdaiva; tena hi deva tvaritatvaritaṃ mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ preraya; tathā hy ālokyate maṇḍalavāṭe tailapradyotanābhā; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ tvaritatvaritaṃ mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ prerayati; tasya yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā tasmād avatīrya padbhyām evārāmaṃ prāvikṣat
11. tena khalu samayena bhagavān madhye bhikṣusaṃghasya niṣaṇṇaḥ hrada ivāccho viprasannaḥ anāvilaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ maṇḍalavāṭam anusaṃyāya jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam āmantrayate: kutra jīvaka sa bhagavān eṣa deva bhagavān madhye bhikṣusaṃghasya niṣaṇṇaḥ hrada ivāccho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavanatm idam avocat: yadrūpeṇa bhadanta bhagavān cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgato bhikṣusaṃghaś ca tadrūpeṇa cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgato udāyibhadraḥ kumāraḥ bhavatu iti; sādhu sādhu mahārāja pravakṣyāmi, mahārāja svakaṃ prema; niṣīda tvaṃ mahārāja yathāsvake āsane
Ajātaśatru asks the Buddha if it is possible to show any visible benefit to be derived from asceticism

12. atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdad; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ bhagavantam idam avocat: pṛcchema vayaṃ bhadanta bhagavantaṃ kaṃcid eva pradeśaṃ saced avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākaraṇāya; pṛccha mahārāja yad evākāṅkṣase
13. ime bhadanta pṛthakśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā ( SBV II 220 ) mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān ( A 504b ) bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum? abhijānāsi tvaṃ mahārāja itaḥ pūrvam anyān api śramaṇabrāhmaṇān evaṃrūpaṃ praśnaṃ praṣṭu? abhijānāmi bhadanta
Ajātaśatru narrates how he propounded this same question to Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, etc., and any of them expounded him his own theory
14. eko 'yaṃ bhadanta samayaḥ, ahaṃ yena pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya pūraṇaṃ kāśyapam evaṃ vadāmi: ime bhadanta kāsyapa pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum
15. sa evam āha: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; nāsti dattaṃ nāsti
iṣṭaṃ nāsti hutaṃ nāsti sucaritaṃ nāsti sucaritaduścaritānāṃ karmaṇāṃ phalavipākaḥ nāsty ayaṃ lokaḥ nāsti paralokaḥ nāsti mātā nāsti pitā nāsti satva upapādukaḥ na santi ( SBV II 221 ) loke 'rhantaḥ samyaggatāḥ samyakpratipannāḥ ye imaṃ ca lokaṃ paraṃ ca lokaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante: kṣīṇā me jātiḥ uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīmaḥ iti; ihaiva jīvo jīvati sa pretyocchidyate vinaśyati na bhavati paraṃ maraṇād cāturmahābhautikaḥ puruṣasya samucchrayaḥ; yasmin samaye kālaṃ karoti tasya pṛthivyāṃ pṛthivīkāyaḥ upaiti; apsu apkāyaḥ; tejasi tejaḥkāyaḥ; vāyau vāyukāyaḥ; ākāśe indriyāṇy anuparivartante; āsandīpañcamāḥ puruṣāḥ puruṣam ādāya śmaśānam anuvrajanty ādahanāt paraṃ na prajñāyate; bhasmībhavanti āhutayaḥ; kapotavarṇāny asthīny avatiṣṭhanti iti; dṛptopajñātaṃ dānaṃ; paṇḍitopajñātaḥ parigrahaḥ; tatra ye astivādinaḥ sarve te riktaṃ tucchaṃ mṛṣā pralapanti iti bālaś ca paṇḍitaś ca ubhāv api etau pretya ucchidyete vinaśyataḥ na bhavataḥ paraṃ maraṇāt

Original text: Saṅghabhedavastu · Edition: R. Gnoli with the assistance of T. Venkatacharya: The Gilgit Manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu, Being the 17th and Last Section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, Roma 1977-78 (Serie Orientale Roma, 49). · Data entry Klaus Wille Seishi Karashima · GRETIL (Göttingen) · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0

Esc